|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 *
|
|
|
5 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
6 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
7 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
8 */
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
10 /*
|
|
|
11 * ex_cmds2.c: some more functions for command line commands
|
|
|
12 */
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
14 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
15 # include <io.h>
|
|
|
16 #endif
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
18 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
20 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
21 # include <fcntl.h>
|
|
|
22 #endif
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
24 #include "version.h"
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
26 static void cmd_source __ARGS((char_u *fname, exarg_T *eap));
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
28 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
29 static int debug_greedy = FALSE; /* batch mode debugging: don't save
|
|
|
30 and restore typeahead. */
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
32 /*
|
|
|
33 * do_debug(): Debug mode.
|
|
|
34 * Repeatedly get Ex commands, until told to continue normal execution.
|
|
|
35 */
|
|
|
36 void
|
|
|
37 do_debug(cmd)
|
|
|
38 char_u *cmd;
|
|
|
39 {
|
|
|
40 int save_msg_scroll = msg_scroll;
|
|
|
41 int save_State = State;
|
|
|
42 int save_did_emsg = did_emsg;
|
|
|
43 int save_cmd_silent = cmd_silent;
|
|
|
44 int save_msg_silent = msg_silent;
|
|
|
45 int save_emsg_silent = emsg_silent;
|
|
|
46 int save_redir_off = redir_off;
|
|
|
47 tasave_T typeaheadbuf;
|
|
|
48 # ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA
|
|
|
49 int save_ex_normal_busy;
|
|
|
50 # endif
|
|
|
51 int n;
|
|
|
52 char_u *cmdline = NULL;
|
|
|
53 char_u *p;
|
|
|
54 char *tail = NULL;
|
|
|
55 static int last_cmd = 0;
|
|
|
56 #define CMD_CONT 1
|
|
|
57 #define CMD_NEXT 2
|
|
|
58 #define CMD_STEP 3
|
|
|
59 #define CMD_FINISH 4
|
|
|
60 #define CMD_QUIT 5
|
|
|
61 #define CMD_INTERRUPT 6
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
63 #ifdef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
64 /* Can't do this when there is no terminal for input/output. */
|
|
|
65 if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
|
66 {
|
|
|
67 /* Break as soon as possible. */
|
|
|
68 debug_break_level = 9999;
|
|
|
69 return;
|
|
|
70 }
|
|
|
71 #endif
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
73 /* Make sure we are in raw mode and start termcap mode. Might have side
|
|
|
74 * effects... */
|
|
|
75 settmode(TMODE_RAW);
|
|
|
76 starttermcap();
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
78 ++RedrawingDisabled; /* don't redisplay the window */
|
|
|
79 ++no_wait_return; /* don't wait for return */
|
|
|
80 did_emsg = FALSE; /* don't use error from debugged stuff */
|
|
|
81 cmd_silent = FALSE; /* display commands */
|
|
|
82 msg_silent = FALSE; /* display messages */
|
|
|
83 emsg_silent = FALSE; /* display error messages */
|
|
|
84 redir_off = TRUE; /* don't redirect debug commands */
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
86 State = NORMAL;
|
|
|
87 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
88 want_sniff_request = 0; /* No K_SNIFF wanted */
|
|
|
89 #endif
|
|
|
90
|
|
|
91 if (!debug_did_msg)
|
|
|
92 MSG(_("Entering Debug mode. Type \"cont\" to continue."));
|
|
|
93 if (sourcing_name != NULL)
|
|
|
94 msg(sourcing_name);
|
|
|
95 if (sourcing_lnum != 0)
|
|
|
96 smsg((char_u *)_("line %ld: %s"), (long)sourcing_lnum, cmd);
|
|
|
97 else
|
|
|
98 msg_str((char_u *)_("cmd: %s"), cmd);
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
100 /*
|
|
|
101 * Repeat getting a command and executing it.
|
|
|
102 */
|
|
|
103 for (;;)
|
|
|
104 {
|
|
|
105 msg_scroll = TRUE;
|
|
|
106 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
107 #ifdef FEAT_SNIFF
|
|
|
108 ProcessSniffRequests();
|
|
|
109 #endif
|
|
|
110 /* Save the current typeahead buffer and replace it with an empty one.
|
|
|
111 * This makes sure we get input from the user here and don't interfere
|
|
|
112 * with the commands being executed. Reset "ex_normal_busy" to avoid
|
|
|
113 * the side effects of using ":normal". Save the stuff buffer and make
|
|
|
114 * it empty. */
|
|
|
115 # ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA
|
|
|
116 save_ex_normal_busy = ex_normal_busy;
|
|
|
117 ex_normal_busy = 0;
|
|
|
118 # endif
|
|
|
119 if (!debug_greedy)
|
|
|
120 save_typeahead(&typeaheadbuf);
|
|
|
121
|
|
|
122 cmdline = getcmdline_prompt('>', NULL, 0);
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
124 if (!debug_greedy)
|
|
|
125 restore_typeahead(&typeaheadbuf);
|
|
|
126 # ifdef FEAT_EX_EXTRA
|
|
|
127 ex_normal_busy = save_ex_normal_busy;
|
|
|
128 # endif
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
130 cmdline_row = msg_row;
|
|
|
131 if (cmdline != NULL)
|
|
|
132 {
|
|
|
133 /* If this is a debug command, set "last_cmd".
|
|
|
134 * If not, reset "last_cmd".
|
|
|
135 * For a blank line use previous command. */
|
|
|
136 p = skipwhite(cmdline);
|
|
|
137 if (*p != NUL)
|
|
|
138 {
|
|
|
139 switch (*p)
|
|
|
140 {
|
|
|
141 case 'c': last_cmd = CMD_CONT;
|
|
|
142 tail = "ont";
|
|
|
143 break;
|
|
|
144 case 'n': last_cmd = CMD_NEXT;
|
|
|
145 tail = "ext";
|
|
|
146 break;
|
|
|
147 case 's': last_cmd = CMD_STEP;
|
|
|
148 tail = "tep";
|
|
|
149 break;
|
|
|
150 case 'f': last_cmd = CMD_FINISH;
|
|
|
151 tail = "inish";
|
|
|
152 break;
|
|
|
153 case 'q': last_cmd = CMD_QUIT;
|
|
|
154 tail = "uit";
|
|
|
155 break;
|
|
|
156 case 'i': last_cmd = CMD_INTERRUPT;
|
|
|
157 tail = "nterrupt";
|
|
|
158 break;
|
|
|
159 default: last_cmd = 0;
|
|
|
160 }
|
|
|
161 if (last_cmd != 0)
|
|
|
162 {
|
|
|
163 /* Check that the tail matches. */
|
|
|
164 ++p;
|
|
|
165 while (*p != NUL && *p == *tail)
|
|
|
166 {
|
|
|
167 ++p;
|
|
|
168 ++tail;
|
|
|
169 }
|
|
|
170 if (ASCII_ISALPHA(*p))
|
|
|
171 last_cmd = 0;
|
|
|
172 }
|
|
|
173 }
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
175 if (last_cmd != 0)
|
|
|
176 {
|
|
|
177 /* Execute debug command: decided where to break next and
|
|
|
178 * return. */
|
|
|
179 switch (last_cmd)
|
|
|
180 {
|
|
|
181 case CMD_CONT:
|
|
|
182 debug_break_level = -1;
|
|
|
183 break;
|
|
|
184 case CMD_NEXT:
|
|
|
185 debug_break_level = ex_nesting_level;
|
|
|
186 break;
|
|
|
187 case CMD_STEP:
|
|
|
188 debug_break_level = 9999;
|
|
|
189 break;
|
|
|
190 case CMD_FINISH:
|
|
|
191 debug_break_level = ex_nesting_level - 1;
|
|
|
192 break;
|
|
|
193 case CMD_QUIT:
|
|
|
194 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
195 debug_break_level = -1;
|
|
|
196 break;
|
|
|
197 case CMD_INTERRUPT:
|
|
|
198 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
199 debug_break_level = 9999;
|
|
|
200 /* Do not repeat ">interrupt" cmd, continue stepping. */
|
|
|
201 last_cmd = CMD_STEP;
|
|
|
202 break;
|
|
|
203 }
|
|
|
204 break;
|
|
|
205 }
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 /* don't debug this command */
|
|
|
208 n = debug_break_level;
|
|
|
209 debug_break_level = -1;
|
|
|
210 (void)do_cmdline(cmdline, getexline, NULL,
|
|
|
211 DOCMD_VERBOSE|DOCMD_EXCRESET);
|
|
|
212 debug_break_level = n;
|
|
|
213
|
|
|
214 vim_free(cmdline);
|
|
|
215 }
|
|
|
216 lines_left = Rows - 1;
|
|
|
217 }
|
|
|
218 vim_free(cmdline);
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 --RedrawingDisabled;
|
|
|
221 --no_wait_return;
|
|
|
222 redraw_all_later(NOT_VALID);
|
|
|
223 need_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
224 msg_scroll = save_msg_scroll;
|
|
|
225 lines_left = Rows - 1;
|
|
|
226 State = save_State;
|
|
|
227 did_emsg = save_did_emsg;
|
|
|
228 cmd_silent = save_cmd_silent;
|
|
|
229 msg_silent = save_msg_silent;
|
|
|
230 emsg_silent = save_emsg_silent;
|
|
|
231 redir_off = save_redir_off;
|
|
|
232
|
|
|
233 /* Only print the message again when typing a command before coming back
|
|
|
234 * here. */
|
|
|
235 debug_did_msg = TRUE;
|
|
|
236 }
|
|
|
237
|
|
|
238 /*
|
|
|
239 * ":debug".
|
|
|
240 */
|
|
|
241 void
|
|
|
242 ex_debug(eap)
|
|
|
243 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
244 {
|
|
|
245 int debug_break_level_save = debug_break_level;
|
|
|
246
|
|
|
247 debug_break_level = 9999;
|
|
|
248 do_cmdline_cmd(eap->arg);
|
|
|
249 debug_break_level = debug_break_level_save;
|
|
|
250 }
|
|
|
251
|
|
|
252 static char_u *debug_breakpoint_name = NULL;
|
|
|
253 static linenr_T debug_breakpoint_lnum;
|
|
|
254
|
|
|
255 /*
|
|
|
256 * When debugging or a breakpoint is set on a skipped command, no debug prompt
|
|
|
257 * is shown by do_one_cmd(). This situation is indicated by debug_skipped, and
|
|
|
258 * debug_skipped_name is then set to the source name in the breakpoint case. If
|
|
|
259 * a skipped command decides itself that a debug prompt should be displayed, it
|
|
|
260 * can do so by calling dbg_check_skipped().
|
|
|
261 */
|
|
|
262 static int debug_skipped;
|
|
|
263 static char_u *debug_skipped_name;
|
|
|
264
|
|
|
265 /*
|
|
|
266 * Go to debug mode when a breakpoint was encountered or "ex_nesting_level" is
|
|
|
267 * at or below the break level. But only when the line is actually
|
|
|
268 * executed. Return TRUE and set breakpoint_name for skipped commands that
|
|
|
269 * decide to execute something themselves.
|
|
|
270 * Called from do_one_cmd() before executing a command.
|
|
|
271 */
|
|
|
272 void
|
|
|
273 dbg_check_breakpoint(eap)
|
|
|
274 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
275 {
|
|
|
276 char_u *p;
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
278 debug_skipped = FALSE;
|
|
|
279 if (debug_breakpoint_name != NULL)
|
|
|
280 {
|
|
|
281 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
282 {
|
|
|
283 /* replace K_SNR with "<SNR>" */
|
|
|
284 if (debug_breakpoint_name[0] == K_SPECIAL
|
|
|
285 && debug_breakpoint_name[1] == KS_EXTRA
|
|
|
286 && debug_breakpoint_name[2] == (int)KE_SNR)
|
|
|
287 p = (char_u *)"<SNR>";
|
|
|
288 else
|
|
|
289 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
290 smsg((char_u *)_("Breakpoint in \"%s%s\" line %ld"), p,
|
|
|
291 debug_breakpoint_name + (*p == NUL ? 0 : 3),
|
|
|
292 (long)debug_breakpoint_lnum);
|
|
|
293 debug_breakpoint_name = NULL;
|
|
|
294 do_debug(eap->cmd);
|
|
|
295 }
|
|
|
296 else
|
|
|
297 {
|
|
|
298 debug_skipped = TRUE;
|
|
|
299 debug_skipped_name = debug_breakpoint_name;
|
|
|
300 debug_breakpoint_name = NULL;
|
|
|
301 }
|
|
|
302 }
|
|
|
303 else if (ex_nesting_level <= debug_break_level)
|
|
|
304 {
|
|
|
305 if (!eap->skip)
|
|
|
306 do_debug(eap->cmd);
|
|
|
307 else
|
|
|
308 {
|
|
|
309 debug_skipped = TRUE;
|
|
|
310 debug_skipped_name = NULL;
|
|
|
311 }
|
|
|
312 }
|
|
|
313 }
|
|
|
314
|
|
|
315 /*
|
|
|
316 * Go to debug mode if skipped by dbg_check_breakpoint() because eap->skip was
|
|
|
317 * set. Return TRUE when the debug mode is entered this time.
|
|
|
318 */
|
|
|
319 int
|
|
|
320 dbg_check_skipped(eap)
|
|
|
321 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
322 {
|
|
|
323 int prev_got_int;
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
325 if (debug_skipped)
|
|
|
326 {
|
|
|
327 /*
|
|
|
328 * Save the value of got_int and reset it. We don't want a previous
|
|
|
329 * interruption cause flushing the input buffer.
|
|
|
330 */
|
|
|
331 prev_got_int = got_int;
|
|
|
332 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
333 debug_breakpoint_name = debug_skipped_name;
|
|
|
334 /* eap->skip is TRUE */
|
|
|
335 eap->skip = FALSE;
|
|
|
336 (void)dbg_check_breakpoint(eap);
|
|
|
337 eap->skip = TRUE;
|
|
|
338 got_int |= prev_got_int;
|
|
|
339 return TRUE;
|
|
|
340 }
|
|
|
341 return FALSE;
|
|
|
342 }
|
|
|
343
|
|
|
344 /*
|
|
|
345 * The list of breakpoints: dbg_breakp.
|
|
|
346 * This is a grow-array of structs.
|
|
|
347 */
|
|
|
348 struct debuggy
|
|
|
349 {
|
|
|
350 int dbg_nr; /* breakpoint number */
|
|
|
351 int dbg_type; /* DBG_FUNC or DBG_FILE */
|
|
|
352 char_u *dbg_name; /* function or file name */
|
|
|
353 regprog_T *dbg_prog; /* regexp program */
|
|
|
354 linenr_T dbg_lnum; /* line number in function or file */
|
|
|
355 };
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
357 static garray_T dbg_breakp = {0, 0, sizeof(struct debuggy), 4, NULL};
|
|
|
358 #define BREAKP(idx) (((struct debuggy *)dbg_breakp.ga_data)[idx])
|
|
|
359 static int last_breakp = 0; /* nr of last defined breakpoint */
|
|
|
360
|
|
|
361 #define DBG_FUNC 1
|
|
|
362 #define DBG_FILE 2
|
|
|
363
|
|
|
364 static int dbg_parsearg __ARGS((char_u *arg));
|
|
|
365
|
|
|
366 /*
|
|
|
367 * Parse the arguments of ":breakadd" or ":breakdel" and put them in the entry
|
|
|
368 * just after the last one in dbg_breakp. Note that "dbg_name" is allocated.
|
|
|
369 * Returns FAIL for failure.
|
|
|
370 */
|
|
|
371 static int
|
|
|
372 dbg_parsearg(arg)
|
|
|
373 char_u *arg;
|
|
|
374 {
|
|
|
375 char_u *p = arg;
|
|
|
376 char_u *q;
|
|
|
377 struct debuggy *bp;
|
|
|
378
|
|
|
379 if (ga_grow(&dbg_breakp, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
380 return FAIL;
|
|
|
381 bp = &BREAKP(dbg_breakp.ga_len);
|
|
|
382
|
|
|
383 /* Find "func" or "file". */
|
|
|
384 if (STRNCMP(p, "func", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
385 bp->dbg_type = DBG_FUNC;
|
|
|
386 else if (STRNCMP(p, "file", 4) == 0)
|
|
|
387 bp->dbg_type = DBG_FILE;
|
|
|
388 else
|
|
|
389 {
|
|
|
390 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), p);
|
|
|
391 return FAIL;
|
|
|
392 }
|
|
|
393 p = skipwhite(p + 4);
|
|
|
394
|
|
|
395 /* Find optional line number. */
|
|
|
396 if (VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
397 {
|
|
|
398 bp->dbg_lnum = getdigits(&p);
|
|
|
399 p = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
400 }
|
|
|
401 else
|
|
|
402 bp->dbg_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
403
|
|
|
404 /* Find the function or file name. Don't accept a function name with (). */
|
|
|
405 if (*p == NUL
|
|
|
406 || (bp->dbg_type == DBG_FUNC && strstr((char *)p, "()") != NULL))
|
|
|
407 {
|
|
|
408 EMSG2(_(e_invarg2), arg);
|
|
|
409 return FAIL;
|
|
|
410 }
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
412 if (bp->dbg_type == DBG_FUNC)
|
|
|
413 bp->dbg_name = vim_strsave(p);
|
|
|
414 else
|
|
|
415 {
|
|
|
416 /* Expand the file name in the same way as do_source(). This means
|
|
|
417 * doing it twice, so that $DIR/file gets expanded when $DIR is
|
|
|
418 * "~/dir". */
|
|
|
419 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
420 q = mch_munge_fname(p);
|
|
|
421 #else
|
|
|
422 q = expand_env_save(p);
|
|
|
423 #endif
|
|
|
424 if (q == NULL)
|
|
|
425 return FAIL;
|
|
|
426 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
427 p = mch_munge_fname(q);
|
|
|
428 #else
|
|
|
429 p = expand_env_save(q);
|
|
|
430 #endif
|
|
|
431 vim_free(q);
|
|
|
432 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
433 return FAIL;
|
|
|
434 bp->dbg_name = fix_fname(p);
|
|
|
435 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
436 #ifdef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
437 if (bp->dbg_name != NULL)
|
|
|
438 slash_n_colon_adjust(bp->dbg_name);
|
|
|
439 #endif
|
|
|
440 }
|
|
|
441
|
|
|
442 if (bp->dbg_name == NULL)
|
|
|
443 return FAIL;
|
|
|
444 return OK;
|
|
|
445 }
|
|
|
446
|
|
|
447 /*
|
|
|
448 * ":breakadd".
|
|
|
449 */
|
|
|
450 void
|
|
|
451 ex_breakadd(eap)
|
|
|
452 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
453 {
|
|
|
454 struct debuggy *bp;
|
|
|
455 char_u *pat;
|
|
|
456
|
|
|
457 if (dbg_parsearg(eap->arg) == OK)
|
|
|
458 {
|
|
|
459 bp = &BREAKP(dbg_breakp.ga_len);
|
|
|
460 pat = file_pat_to_reg_pat(bp->dbg_name, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
461 if (pat != NULL)
|
|
|
462 {
|
|
|
463 bp->dbg_prog = vim_regcomp(pat, RE_MAGIC + RE_STRING);
|
|
|
464 vim_free(pat);
|
|
|
465 }
|
|
|
466 if (pat == NULL || bp->dbg_prog == NULL)
|
|
|
467 vim_free(bp->dbg_name);
|
|
|
468 else
|
|
|
469 {
|
|
|
470 if (bp->dbg_lnum == 0) /* default line number is 1 */
|
|
|
471 bp->dbg_lnum = 1;
|
|
|
472 BREAKP(dbg_breakp.ga_len++).dbg_nr = ++last_breakp;
|
|
|
473 --dbg_breakp.ga_room;
|
|
|
474 ++debug_tick;
|
|
|
475 }
|
|
|
476 }
|
|
|
477 }
|
|
|
478
|
|
|
479 /*
|
|
|
480 * ":debuggreedy".
|
|
|
481 */
|
|
|
482 void
|
|
|
483 ex_debuggreedy(eap)
|
|
|
484 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
485 {
|
|
|
486 if (eap->addr_count == 0 || eap->line2 != 0)
|
|
|
487 debug_greedy = TRUE;
|
|
|
488 else
|
|
|
489 debug_greedy = FALSE;
|
|
|
490 }
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
492 /*
|
|
|
493 * ":breakdel".
|
|
|
494 */
|
|
|
495 void
|
|
|
496 ex_breakdel(eap)
|
|
|
497 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
498 {
|
|
|
499 struct debuggy *bp, *bpi;
|
|
|
500 int nr;
|
|
|
501 int todel = -1;
|
|
|
502 int i;
|
|
|
503 linenr_T best_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
504
|
|
|
505 if (vim_isdigit(*eap->arg))
|
|
|
506 {
|
|
|
507 /* ":breakdel {nr}" */
|
|
|
508 nr = atol((char *)eap->arg);
|
|
|
509 for (i = 0; i < dbg_breakp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
510 if (BREAKP(i).dbg_nr == nr)
|
|
|
511 {
|
|
|
512 todel = i;
|
|
|
513 break;
|
|
|
514 }
|
|
|
515 }
|
|
|
516 else
|
|
|
517 {
|
|
|
518 /* ":breakdel {func|file} [lnum] {name}" */
|
|
|
519 if (dbg_parsearg(eap->arg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
520 return;
|
|
|
521 bp = &BREAKP(dbg_breakp.ga_len);
|
|
|
522 for (i = 0; i < dbg_breakp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
523 {
|
|
|
524 bpi = &BREAKP(i);
|
|
|
525 if (bp->dbg_type == bpi->dbg_type
|
|
|
526 && STRCMP(bp->dbg_name, bpi->dbg_name) == 0
|
|
|
527 && (bp->dbg_lnum == bpi->dbg_lnum
|
|
|
528 || (bp->dbg_lnum == 0
|
|
|
529 && (best_lnum == 0
|
|
|
530 || bpi->dbg_lnum < best_lnum))))
|
|
|
531 {
|
|
|
532 todel = i;
|
|
|
533 best_lnum = bpi->dbg_lnum;
|
|
|
534 }
|
|
|
535 }
|
|
|
536 vim_free(bp->dbg_name);
|
|
|
537 }
|
|
|
538
|
|
|
539 if (todel < 0)
|
|
|
540 EMSG2(_("E161: Breakpoint not found: %s"), eap->arg);
|
|
|
541 else
|
|
|
542 {
|
|
|
543 vim_free(BREAKP(todel).dbg_name);
|
|
|
544 vim_free(BREAKP(todel).dbg_prog);
|
|
|
545 --dbg_breakp.ga_len;
|
|
|
546 ++dbg_breakp.ga_room;
|
|
|
547 if (todel < dbg_breakp.ga_len)
|
|
|
548 mch_memmove(&BREAKP(todel), &BREAKP(todel + 1),
|
|
|
549 (dbg_breakp.ga_len - todel) * sizeof(struct debuggy));
|
|
|
550 ++debug_tick;
|
|
|
551 }
|
|
|
552 }
|
|
|
553
|
|
|
554 /*
|
|
|
555 * ":breaklist".
|
|
|
556 */
|
|
|
557 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
558 void
|
|
|
559 ex_breaklist(eap)
|
|
|
560 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
561 {
|
|
|
562 struct debuggy *bp;
|
|
|
563 int i;
|
|
|
564
|
|
|
565 if (dbg_breakp.ga_len == 0)
|
|
|
566 MSG(_("No breakpoints defined"));
|
|
|
567 else
|
|
|
568 for (i = 0; i < dbg_breakp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
569 {
|
|
|
570 bp = &BREAKP(i);
|
|
|
571 smsg((char_u *)_("%3d %s %s line %ld"),
|
|
|
572 bp->dbg_nr,
|
|
|
573 bp->dbg_type == DBG_FUNC ? "func" : "file",
|
|
|
574 bp->dbg_name,
|
|
|
575 (long)bp->dbg_lnum);
|
|
|
576 }
|
|
|
577 }
|
|
|
578
|
|
|
579 /*
|
|
|
580 * Find a breakpoint for a function or sourced file.
|
|
|
581 * Returns line number at which to break; zero when no matching breakpoint.
|
|
|
582 */
|
|
|
583 linenr_T
|
|
|
584 dbg_find_breakpoint(file, fname, after)
|
|
|
585 int file; /* TRUE for a file, FALSE for a function */
|
|
|
586 char_u *fname; /* file or function name */
|
|
|
587 linenr_T after; /* after this line number */
|
|
|
588 {
|
|
|
589 struct debuggy *bp;
|
|
|
590 int i;
|
|
|
591 linenr_T lnum = 0;
|
|
|
592 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
593 char_u *name = fname;
|
|
|
594 int prev_got_int;
|
|
|
595
|
|
|
596 /* Replace K_SNR in function name with "<SNR>". */
|
|
|
597 if (!file && fname[0] == K_SPECIAL)
|
|
|
598 {
|
|
|
599 name = alloc((unsigned)STRLEN(fname) + 3);
|
|
|
600 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
601 name = fname;
|
|
|
602 else
|
|
|
603 {
|
|
|
604 STRCPY(name, "<SNR>");
|
|
|
605 STRCPY(name + 5, fname + 3);
|
|
|
606 }
|
|
|
607 }
|
|
|
608
|
|
|
609 for (i = 0; i < dbg_breakp.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
610 {
|
|
|
611 /* skip entries that are not useful or are for a line that is beyond
|
|
|
612 * an already found breakpoint */
|
|
|
613 bp = &BREAKP(i);
|
|
|
614 if ((bp->dbg_type == DBG_FILE) == file
|
|
|
615 && bp->dbg_lnum > after
|
|
|
616 && (lnum == 0 || bp->dbg_lnum < lnum))
|
|
|
617 {
|
|
|
618 regmatch.regprog = bp->dbg_prog;
|
|
|
619 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE;
|
|
|
620 /*
|
|
|
621 * Save the value of got_int and reset it. We don't want a previous
|
|
|
622 * interruption cancel matching, only hitting CTRL-C while matching
|
|
|
623 * should abort it.
|
|
|
624 */
|
|
|
625 prev_got_int = got_int;
|
|
|
626 got_int = FALSE;
|
|
|
627 if (vim_regexec(®match, name, (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
628 lnum = bp->dbg_lnum;
|
|
|
629 got_int |= prev_got_int;
|
|
|
630 }
|
|
|
631 }
|
|
|
632 if (name != fname)
|
|
|
633 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
634
|
|
|
635 return lnum;
|
|
|
636 }
|
|
|
637
|
|
|
638 /*
|
|
|
639 * Called when a breakpoint was encountered.
|
|
|
640 */
|
|
|
641 void
|
|
|
642 dbg_breakpoint(name, lnum)
|
|
|
643 char_u *name;
|
|
|
644 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
645 {
|
|
|
646 /* We need to check if this line is actually executed in do_one_cmd() */
|
|
|
647 debug_breakpoint_name = name;
|
|
|
648 debug_breakpoint_lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
649 }
|
|
|
650 #endif
|
|
|
651
|
|
|
652 /*
|
|
|
653 * If 'autowrite' option set, try to write the file.
|
|
|
654 * Careful: autocommands may make "buf" invalid!
|
|
|
655 *
|
|
|
656 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
657 */
|
|
|
658 int
|
|
|
659 autowrite(buf, forceit)
|
|
|
660 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
661 int forceit;
|
|
|
662 {
|
|
|
663 if (!(p_aw || p_awa) || !p_write
|
|
|
664 #ifdef FEAT_QUICKFIX
|
|
|
665 /* never autowrite a "nofile" or "nowrite" buffer */
|
|
|
666 || bt_dontwrite(buf)
|
|
|
667 #endif
|
|
|
668 || (!forceit && buf->b_p_ro) || buf->b_ffname == NULL)
|
|
|
669 return FAIL;
|
|
|
670 return buf_write_all(buf, forceit);
|
|
|
671 }
|
|
|
672
|
|
|
673 /*
|
|
|
674 * flush all buffers, except the ones that are readonly
|
|
|
675 */
|
|
|
676 void
|
|
|
677 autowrite_all()
|
|
|
678 {
|
|
|
679 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
680
|
|
|
681 if (!(p_aw || p_awa) || !p_write)
|
|
|
682 return;
|
|
|
683 for (buf = firstbuf; buf; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
684 if (bufIsChanged(buf) && !buf->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
685 {
|
|
|
686 (void)buf_write_all(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
687 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
688 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */
|
|
|
689 if (!buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
690 buf = firstbuf;
|
|
|
691 #endif
|
|
|
692 }
|
|
|
693 }
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
695 /*
|
|
|
696 * return TRUE if buffer was changed and cannot be abandoned.
|
|
|
697 */
|
|
|
698 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
699 int
|
|
|
700 check_changed(buf, checkaw, mult_win, forceit, allbuf)
|
|
|
701 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
702 int checkaw; /* do autowrite if buffer was changed */
|
|
|
703 int mult_win; /* check also when several wins for the buf */
|
|
|
704 int forceit;
|
|
|
705 int allbuf; /* may write all buffers */
|
|
|
706 {
|
|
|
707 if ( !forceit
|
|
|
708 && bufIsChanged(buf)
|
|
|
709 && (mult_win || buf->b_nwindows <= 1)
|
|
|
710 && (!checkaw || autowrite(buf, forceit) == FAIL))
|
|
|
711 {
|
|
|
712 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
|
|
|
713 if ((p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm) && p_write)
|
|
|
714 {
|
|
|
715 buf_T *buf2;
|
|
|
716 int count = 0;
|
|
|
717
|
|
|
718 if (allbuf)
|
|
|
719 for (buf2 = firstbuf; buf2 != NULL; buf2 = buf2->b_next)
|
|
|
720 if (bufIsChanged(buf2)
|
|
|
721 && (buf2->b_ffname != NULL
|
|
|
722 # ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
723 || cmdmod.browse
|
|
|
724 # endif
|
|
|
725 ))
|
|
|
726 ++count;
|
|
|
727 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
728 if (!buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
729 /* Autocommand deleted buffer, oops! It's not changed now. */
|
|
|
730 return FALSE;
|
|
|
731 # endif
|
|
|
732 dialog_changed(buf, count > 1);
|
|
|
733 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
734 if (!buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
735 /* Autocommand deleted buffer, oops! It's not changed now. */
|
|
|
736 return FALSE;
|
|
|
737 # endif
|
|
|
738 return bufIsChanged(buf);
|
|
|
739 }
|
|
|
740 #endif
|
|
|
741 EMSG(_(e_nowrtmsg));
|
|
|
742 return TRUE;
|
|
|
743 }
|
|
|
744 return FALSE;
|
|
|
745 }
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
748
|
|
|
749 #if defined(FEAT_BROWSE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
750 /*
|
|
|
751 * When wanting to write a file without a file name, ask the user for a name.
|
|
|
752 */
|
|
|
753 void
|
|
|
754 browse_save_fname(buf)
|
|
|
755 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
756 {
|
|
|
757 if (buf->b_fname == NULL)
|
|
|
758 {
|
|
|
759 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
760
|
|
|
761 fname = do_browse(TRUE, (char_u *)_("Save As"), NULL, NULL, NULL,
|
|
|
762 NULL, buf);
|
|
|
763 if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
764 {
|
|
|
765 if (setfname(buf, fname, NULL, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
|
766 buf->b_flags |= BF_NOTEDITED;
|
|
|
767 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
768 }
|
|
|
769 }
|
|
|
770 }
|
|
|
771 #endif
|
|
|
772
|
|
|
773 /*
|
|
|
774 * Ask the user what to do when abondoning a changed buffer.
|
|
|
775 * Must check 'write' option first!
|
|
|
776 */
|
|
|
777 void
|
|
|
778 dialog_changed(buf, checkall)
|
|
|
779 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
780 int checkall; /* may abandon all changed buffers */
|
|
|
781 {
|
|
|
782 char_u buff[IOSIZE];
|
|
|
783 int ret;
|
|
|
784 buf_T *buf2;
|
|
|
785
|
|
|
786 dialog_msg(buff, _("Save changes to \"%.*s\"?"),
|
|
|
787 (buf->b_fname != NULL) ?
|
|
|
788 buf->b_fname : (char_u *)_("Untitled"));
|
|
|
789 if (checkall)
|
|
|
790 ret = vim_dialog_yesnoallcancel(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 1);
|
|
|
791 else
|
|
|
792 ret = vim_dialog_yesnocancel(VIM_QUESTION, NULL, buff, 1);
|
|
|
793
|
|
|
794 if (ret == VIM_YES)
|
|
|
795 {
|
|
|
796 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
797 /* May get file name, when there is none */
|
|
|
798 browse_save_fname(buf);
|
|
|
799 #endif
|
|
|
800 if (buf->b_fname != NULL) /* didn't hit Cancel */
|
|
|
801 (void)buf_write_all(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
802 }
|
|
|
803 else if (ret == VIM_NO)
|
|
|
804 {
|
|
|
805 unchanged(buf, TRUE);
|
|
|
806 }
|
|
|
807 else if (ret == VIM_ALL)
|
|
|
808 {
|
|
|
809 /*
|
|
|
810 * Write all modified files that can be written.
|
|
|
811 * Skip readonly buffers, these need to be confirmed
|
|
|
812 * individually.
|
|
|
813 */
|
|
|
814 for (buf2 = firstbuf; buf2 != NULL; buf2 = buf2->b_next)
|
|
|
815 {
|
|
|
816 if (bufIsChanged(buf2)
|
|
|
817 && (buf2->b_ffname != NULL
|
|
|
818 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
819 || cmdmod.browse
|
|
|
820 #endif
|
|
|
821 )
|
|
|
822 && !buf2->b_p_ro)
|
|
|
823 {
|
|
|
824 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
825 /* May get file name, when there is none */
|
|
|
826 browse_save_fname(buf2);
|
|
|
827 #endif
|
|
|
828 if (buf2->b_fname != NULL) /* didn't hit Cancel */
|
|
|
829 (void)buf_write_all(buf2, FALSE);
|
|
|
830 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
831 /* an autocommand may have deleted the buffer */
|
|
|
832 if (!buf_valid(buf2))
|
|
|
833 buf2 = firstbuf;
|
|
|
834 #endif
|
|
|
835 }
|
|
|
836 }
|
|
|
837 }
|
|
|
838 else if (ret == VIM_DISCARDALL)
|
|
|
839 {
|
|
|
840 /*
|
|
|
841 * mark all buffers as unchanged
|
|
|
842 */
|
|
|
843 for (buf2 = firstbuf; buf2 != NULL; buf2 = buf2->b_next)
|
|
|
844 unchanged(buf2, TRUE);
|
|
|
845 }
|
|
|
846 }
|
|
|
847 #endif
|
|
|
848
|
|
|
849 /*
|
|
|
850 * Return TRUE if the buffer "buf" can be abandoned, either by making it
|
|
|
851 * hidden, autowriting it or unloading it.
|
|
|
852 */
|
|
|
853 int
|
|
|
854 can_abandon(buf, forceit)
|
|
|
855 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
856 int forceit;
|
|
|
857 {
|
|
|
858 return ( P_HID(buf)
|
|
|
859 || !bufIsChanged(buf)
|
|
|
860 || buf->b_nwindows > 1
|
|
|
861 || autowrite(buf, forceit) == OK
|
|
|
862 || forceit);
|
|
|
863 }
|
|
|
864
|
|
|
865 /*
|
|
|
866 * Return TRUE if any buffer was changed and cannot be abandoned.
|
|
|
867 * That changed buffer becomes the current buffer.
|
|
|
868 */
|
|
|
869 int
|
|
|
870 check_changed_any(hidden)
|
|
|
871 int hidden; /* Only check hidden buffers */
|
|
|
872 {
|
|
|
873 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
874 int save;
|
|
|
875 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
876 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
877 #endif
|
|
|
878
|
|
|
879 for (;;)
|
|
|
880 {
|
|
|
881 /* check curbuf first: if it was changed we can't abandon it */
|
|
|
882 if (!hidden && curbufIsChanged())
|
|
|
883 buf = curbuf;
|
|
|
884 else
|
|
|
885 {
|
|
|
886 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
887 if ((!hidden || buf->b_nwindows == 0) && bufIsChanged(buf))
|
|
|
888 break;
|
|
|
889 }
|
|
|
890 if (buf == NULL) /* No buffers changed */
|
|
|
891 return FALSE;
|
|
|
892
|
|
|
893 if (check_changed(buf, p_awa, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE) && buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
894 break; /* didn't save - still changes */
|
|
|
895 }
|
|
|
896
|
|
|
897 exiting = FALSE;
|
|
|
898 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(FEAT_CON_DIALOG)
|
|
|
899 /*
|
|
|
900 * When ":confirm" used, don't give an error message.
|
|
|
901 */
|
|
|
902 if (!(p_confirm || cmdmod.confirm))
|
|
|
903 #endif
|
|
|
904 {
|
|
|
905 /* There must be a wait_return for this message, do_buffer()
|
|
|
906 * may cause a redraw. But wait_return() is a no-op when vgetc()
|
|
|
907 * is busy (Quit used from window menu), then make sure we don't
|
|
|
908 * cause a scroll up. */
|
|
|
909 if (vgetc_busy)
|
|
|
910 {
|
|
|
911 msg_row = cmdline_row;
|
|
|
912 msg_col = 0;
|
|
|
913 msg_didout = FALSE;
|
|
|
914 }
|
|
|
915 if (EMSG2(_("E162: No write since last change for buffer \"%s\""),
|
|
|
916 buf_spname(buf) != NULL ? (char_u *)buf_spname(buf) :
|
|
|
917 buf->b_fname))
|
|
|
918 {
|
|
|
919 save = no_wait_return;
|
|
|
920 no_wait_return = FALSE;
|
|
|
921 wait_return(FALSE);
|
|
|
922 no_wait_return = save;
|
|
|
923 }
|
|
|
924 }
|
|
|
925
|
|
|
926 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
927 /* Try to find a window that contains the buffer. */
|
|
|
928 if (buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
929 for (wp = firstwin; wp != NULL; wp = wp->w_next)
|
|
|
930 if (wp->w_buffer == buf)
|
|
|
931 {
|
|
|
932 win_goto(wp);
|
|
|
933 # ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
934 /* Paranoia: did autocms wipe out the buffer with changes? */
|
|
|
935 if (!buf_valid(buf))
|
|
|
936 return TRUE;
|
|
|
937 # endif
|
|
|
938 break;
|
|
|
939 }
|
|
|
940 #endif
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
942 /* Open the changed buffer in the current window. */
|
|
|
943 if (buf != curbuf)
|
|
|
944 set_curbuf(buf, DOBUF_GOTO);
|
|
|
945
|
|
|
946 return TRUE;
|
|
|
947 }
|
|
|
948
|
|
|
949 /*
|
|
|
950 * return FAIL if there is no file name, OK if there is one
|
|
|
951 * give error message for FAIL
|
|
|
952 */
|
|
|
953 int
|
|
|
954 check_fname()
|
|
|
955 {
|
|
|
956 if (curbuf->b_ffname == NULL)
|
|
|
957 {
|
|
|
958 EMSG(_(e_noname));
|
|
|
959 return FAIL;
|
|
|
960 }
|
|
|
961 return OK;
|
|
|
962 }
|
|
|
963
|
|
|
964 /*
|
|
|
965 * flush the contents of a buffer, unless it has no file name
|
|
|
966 *
|
|
|
967 * return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise
|
|
|
968 */
|
|
|
969 int
|
|
|
970 buf_write_all(buf, forceit)
|
|
|
971 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
972 int forceit;
|
|
|
973 {
|
|
|
974 int retval;
|
|
|
975 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
976 buf_T *old_curbuf = curbuf;
|
|
|
977 #endif
|
|
|
978
|
|
|
979 retval = (buf_write(buf, buf->b_ffname, buf->b_fname,
|
|
|
980 (linenr_T)1, buf->b_ml.ml_line_count, NULL,
|
|
|
981 FALSE, forceit, TRUE, FALSE));
|
|
|
982 #ifdef FEAT_AUTOCMD
|
|
|
983 if (curbuf != old_curbuf)
|
|
|
984 MSG(_("Warning: Entered other buffer unexpectedly (check autocommands)"));
|
|
|
985 #endif
|
|
|
986 return retval;
|
|
|
987 }
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 /*
|
|
|
990 * Code to handle the argument list.
|
|
|
991 */
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
993 /*
|
|
|
994 * Isolate one argument, taking quotes and backticks.
|
|
|
995 * Changes the argument in-place, puts a NUL after it.
|
|
|
996 * Quotes are removed, backticks remain.
|
|
|
997 * Return a pointer to the start of the next argument.
|
|
|
998 */
|
|
|
999 char_u *
|
|
|
1000 do_one_arg(str)
|
|
|
1001 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1002 {
|
|
|
1003 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1004 int inquote;
|
|
|
1005 int inbacktick;
|
|
|
1006
|
|
|
1007 inquote = FALSE;
|
|
|
1008 inbacktick = FALSE;
|
|
|
1009 for (p = str; *str; ++str)
|
|
|
1010 {
|
|
|
1011 /*
|
|
|
1012 * for MSDOS et.al. a backslash is part of a file name.
|
|
|
1013 * Only skip ", space and tab.
|
|
|
1014 */
|
|
|
1015 if (rem_backslash(str))
|
|
|
1016 {
|
|
|
1017 *p++ = *str++;
|
|
|
1018 *p++ = *str;
|
|
|
1019 }
|
|
|
1020 else
|
|
|
1021 {
|
|
|
1022 /* An item ends at a space not in quotes or backticks */
|
|
|
1023 if (!inquote && !inbacktick && vim_isspace(*str))
|
|
|
1024 break;
|
|
|
1025 if (!inquote && *str == '`')
|
|
|
1026 inbacktick ^= TRUE;
|
|
|
1027 if (!inbacktick && *str == '"')
|
|
|
1028 inquote ^= TRUE;
|
|
|
1029 else
|
|
|
1030 *p++ = *str;
|
|
|
1031 }
|
|
|
1032 }
|
|
|
1033 str = skipwhite(str);
|
|
|
1034 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
1035
|
|
|
1036 return str;
|
|
|
1037 }
|
|
|
1038
|
|
|
1039 static int do_arglist __ARGS((char_u *str, int what, int after));
|
|
|
1040 static void alist_check_arg_idx __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
1041 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1042 static int alist_add_list __ARGS((int count, char_u **files, int after));
|
|
|
1043 #endif
|
|
|
1044 #define AL_SET 1
|
|
|
1045 #define AL_ADD 2
|
|
|
1046 #define AL_DEL 3
|
|
|
1047
|
|
|
1048 #if defined(FEAT_GUI) || defined(FEAT_CLIENTSERVER) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
1049 /*
|
|
|
1050 * Redefine the argument list.
|
|
|
1051 */
|
|
|
1052 void
|
|
|
1053 set_arglist(str)
|
|
|
1054 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1055 {
|
|
|
1056 do_arglist(str, AL_SET, 0);
|
|
|
1057 }
|
|
|
1058 #endif
|
|
|
1059
|
|
|
1060 /*
|
|
|
1061 * "what" == AL_SET: Redefine the argument list to 'str'.
|
|
|
1062 * "what" == AL_ADD: add files in 'str' to the argument list after "after".
|
|
|
1063 * "what" == AL_DEL: remove files in 'str' from the argument list.
|
|
|
1064 *
|
|
|
1065 * Return FAIL for failure, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1066 */
|
|
|
1067 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1068 static int
|
|
|
1069 do_arglist(str, what, after)
|
|
|
1070 char_u *str;
|
|
|
1071 int what;
|
|
|
1072 int after; /* 0 means before first one */
|
|
|
1073 {
|
|
|
1074 garray_T new_ga;
|
|
|
1075 int exp_count;
|
|
|
1076 char_u **exp_files;
|
|
|
1077 int i;
|
|
|
1078 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1079 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1080 int match;
|
|
|
1081 #endif
|
|
|
1082
|
|
|
1083 /*
|
|
|
1084 * Collect all file name arguments in "new_ga".
|
|
|
1085 */
|
|
|
1086 ga_init2(&new_ga, (int)sizeof(char_u *), 20);
|
|
|
1087 while (*str)
|
|
|
1088 {
|
|
|
1089 if (ga_grow(&new_ga, 1) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1090 {
|
|
|
1091 ga_clear(&new_ga);
|
|
|
1092 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1093 }
|
|
|
1094 ((char_u **)new_ga.ga_data)[new_ga.ga_len++] = str;
|
|
|
1095 --new_ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
1096
|
|
|
1097 /* Isolate one argument, change it in-place, put a NUL after it. */
|
|
|
1098 str = do_one_arg(str);
|
|
|
1099 }
|
|
|
1100
|
|
|
1101 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1102 if (what == AL_DEL)
|
|
|
1103 {
|
|
|
1104 regmatch_T regmatch;
|
|
|
1105 int didone;
|
|
|
1106
|
|
|
1107 /*
|
|
|
1108 * Delete the items: use each item as a regexp and find a match in the
|
|
|
1109 * argument list.
|
|
|
1110 */
|
|
|
1111 #ifdef CASE_INSENSITIVE_FILENAME
|
|
|
1112 regmatch.rm_ic = TRUE; /* Always ignore case */
|
|
|
1113 #else
|
|
|
1114 regmatch.rm_ic = FALSE; /* Never ignore case */
|
|
|
1115 #endif
|
|
|
1116 for (i = 0; i < new_ga.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
1117 {
|
|
|
1118 p = ((char_u **)new_ga.ga_data)[i];
|
|
|
1119 p = file_pat_to_reg_pat(p, NULL, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
|
1120 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
1121 break;
|
|
|
1122 regmatch.regprog = vim_regcomp(p, p_magic ? RE_MAGIC : 0);
|
|
|
1123 if (regmatch.regprog == NULL)
|
|
|
1124 {
|
|
|
1125 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
1126 break;
|
|
|
1127 }
|
|
|
1128
|
|
|
1129 didone = FALSE;
|
|
|
1130 for (match = 0; match < ARGCOUNT; ++match)
|
|
|
1131 if (vim_regexec(®match, alist_name(&ARGLIST[match]),
|
|
|
1132 (colnr_T)0))
|
|
|
1133 {
|
|
|
1134 didone = TRUE;
|
|
|
1135 vim_free(ARGLIST[match].ae_fname);
|
|
|
1136 mch_memmove(ARGLIST + match, ARGLIST + match + 1,
|
|
|
1137 (ARGCOUNT - match - 1) * sizeof(aentry_T));
|
|
|
1138 --ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
1139 ++ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
1140 if (curwin->w_arg_idx > match)
|
|
|
1141 --curwin->w_arg_idx;
|
|
|
1142 --match;
|
|
|
1143 }
|
|
|
1144
|
|
|
1145 vim_free(regmatch.regprog);
|
|
|
1146 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
1147 if (!didone)
|
|
|
1148 EMSG2(_(e_nomatch2), ((char_u **)new_ga.ga_data)[i]);
|
|
|
1149 }
|
|
|
1150 ga_clear(&new_ga);
|
|
|
1151 }
|
|
|
1152 else
|
|
|
1153 #endif
|
|
|
1154 {
|
|
|
1155 i = expand_wildcards(new_ga.ga_len, (char_u **)new_ga.ga_data,
|
|
|
1156 &exp_count, &exp_files, EW_DIR|EW_FILE|EW_ADDSLASH|EW_NOTFOUND);
|
|
|
1157 ga_clear(&new_ga);
|
|
|
1158 if (i == FAIL)
|
|
|
1159 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1160 if (exp_count == 0)
|
|
|
1161 {
|
|
|
1162 EMSG(_(e_nomatch));
|
|
|
1163 return FAIL;
|
|
|
1164 }
|
|
|
1165
|
|
|
1166 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1167 if (what == AL_ADD)
|
|
|
1168 {
|
|
|
1169 (void)alist_add_list(exp_count, exp_files, after);
|
|
|
1170 vim_free(exp_files);
|
|
|
1171 }
|
|
|
1172 else /* what == AL_SET */
|
|
|
1173 #endif
|
|
|
1174 alist_set(ALIST(curwin), exp_count, exp_files, FALSE);
|
|
|
1175 }
|
|
|
1176
|
|
|
1177 alist_check_arg_idx();
|
|
|
1178
|
|
|
1179 return OK;
|
|
|
1180 }
|
|
|
1181
|
|
|
1182 /*
|
|
|
1183 * Check the validity of the arg_idx for each other window.
|
|
|
1184 */
|
|
|
1185 static void
|
|
|
1186 alist_check_arg_idx()
|
|
|
1187 {
|
|
|
1188 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1189 win_T *win;
|
|
|
1190
|
|
|
1191 for (win = firstwin; win != NULL; win = win->w_next)
|
|
|
1192 if (win->w_alist == curwin->w_alist)
|
|
|
1193 check_arg_idx(win);
|
|
|
1194 #else
|
|
|
1195 check_arg_idx(curwin);
|
|
|
1196 #endif
|
|
|
1197 }
|
|
|
1198
|
|
|
1199 /*
|
|
|
1200 * Check if window "win" is editing the w_arg_idx file in its argument list.
|
|
|
1201 */
|
|
|
1202 void
|
|
|
1203 check_arg_idx(win)
|
|
|
1204 win_T *win;
|
|
|
1205 {
|
|
|
1206 if (WARGCOUNT(win) > 1
|
|
|
1207 && (win->w_arg_idx >= WARGCOUNT(win)
|
|
|
1208 || (win->w_buffer->b_fnum
|
|
|
1209 != WARGLIST(win)[win->w_arg_idx].ae_fnum
|
|
|
1210 && (win->w_buffer->b_ffname == NULL
|
|
|
1211 || !(fullpathcmp(
|
|
|
1212 alist_name(&WARGLIST(win)[win->w_arg_idx]),
|
|
|
1213 win->w_buffer->b_ffname, TRUE) & FPC_SAME)))))
|
|
|
1214 {
|
|
|
1215 /* We are not editing the current entry in the argument list.
|
|
|
1216 * Set "arg_had_last" if we are editing the last one. */
|
|
|
1217 win->w_arg_idx_invalid = TRUE;
|
|
|
1218 if (win->w_arg_idx != WARGCOUNT(win) - 1
|
|
|
1219 && arg_had_last == FALSE
|
|
|
1220 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1221 && ALIST(win) == &global_alist
|
|
|
1222 #endif
|
|
|
1223 && GARGCOUNT > 0
|
|
|
1224 && win->w_arg_idx < GARGCOUNT
|
|
|
1225 && (win->w_buffer->b_fnum == GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum
|
|
|
1226 || (win->w_buffer->b_ffname != NULL
|
|
|
1227 && (fullpathcmp(alist_name(&GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1]),
|
|
|
1228 win->w_buffer->b_ffname, TRUE) & FPC_SAME))))
|
|
|
1229 arg_had_last = TRUE;
|
|
|
1230 }
|
|
|
1231 else
|
|
|
1232 {
|
|
|
1233 /* We are editing the current entry in the argument list.
|
|
|
1234 * Set "arg_had_last" if it's also the last one */
|
|
|
1235 win->w_arg_idx_invalid = FALSE;
|
|
|
1236 if (win->w_arg_idx == WARGCOUNT(win) - 1
|
|
|
1237 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1238 && win->w_alist == &global_alist
|
|
|
1239 #endif
|
|
|
1240 )
|
|
|
1241 arg_had_last = TRUE;
|
|
|
1242 }
|
|
|
1243 }
|
|
|
1244
|
|
|
1245 /*
|
|
|
1246 * ":args", ":argslocal" and ":argsglobal".
|
|
|
1247 */
|
|
|
1248 void
|
|
|
1249 ex_args(eap)
|
|
|
1250 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1251 {
|
|
|
1252 int i;
|
|
|
1253
|
|
|
1254 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_args)
|
|
|
1255 {
|
|
|
1256 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_LISTCMDS)
|
|
|
1257 alist_unlink(ALIST(curwin));
|
|
|
1258 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_argglobal)
|
|
|
1259 ALIST(curwin) = &global_alist;
|
|
|
1260 else /* eap->cmdidx == CMD_arglocal */
|
|
|
1261 alist_new();
|
|
|
1262 #else
|
|
|
1263 ex_ni(eap);
|
|
|
1264 return;
|
|
|
1265 #endif
|
|
|
1266 }
|
|
|
1267
|
|
|
1268 if (!ends_excmd(*eap->arg))
|
|
|
1269 {
|
|
|
1270 /*
|
|
|
1271 * ":args file ..": define new argument list, handle like ":next"
|
|
|
1272 * Also for ":argslocal file .." and ":argsglobal file ..".
|
|
|
1273 */
|
|
|
1274 ex_next(eap);
|
|
|
1275 }
|
|
|
1276 else
|
|
|
1277 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_LISTCMDS)
|
|
|
1278 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_args)
|
|
|
1279 #endif
|
|
|
1280 {
|
|
|
1281 /*
|
|
|
1282 * ":args": list arguments.
|
|
|
1283 */
|
|
|
1284 if (ARGCOUNT > 0)
|
|
|
1285 {
|
|
|
1286 /* Overwrite the command, for a short list there is no scrolling
|
|
|
1287 * required and no wait_return(). */
|
|
|
1288 gotocmdline(TRUE);
|
|
|
1289 for (i = 0; i < ARGCOUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
1290 {
|
|
|
1291 if (i == curwin->w_arg_idx)
|
|
|
1292 msg_putchar('[');
|
|
|
1293 msg_outtrans(alist_name(&ARGLIST[i]));
|
|
|
1294 if (i == curwin->w_arg_idx)
|
|
|
1295 msg_putchar(']');
|
|
|
1296 msg_putchar(' ');
|
|
|
1297 }
|
|
|
1298 }
|
|
|
1299 }
|
|
|
1300 #if defined(FEAT_WINDOWS) && defined(FEAT_LISTCMDS)
|
|
|
1301 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_arglocal)
|
|
|
1302 {
|
|
|
1303 garray_T *gap = &curwin->w_alist->al_ga;
|
|
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 /*
|
|
|
1306 * ":argslocal": make a local copy of the global argument list.
|
|
|
1307 */
|
|
|
1308 if (ga_grow(gap, GARGCOUNT) == OK)
|
|
|
1309 for (i = 0; i < GARGCOUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
1310 if (GARGLIST[i].ae_fname != NULL)
|
|
|
1311 {
|
|
|
1312 AARGLIST(curwin->w_alist)[gap->ga_len].ae_fname =
|
|
|
1313 vim_strsave(GARGLIST[i].ae_fname);
|
|
|
1314 AARGLIST(curwin->w_alist)[gap->ga_len].ae_fnum =
|
|
|
1315 GARGLIST[i].ae_fnum;
|
|
|
1316 ++gap->ga_len;
|
|
|
1317 --gap->ga_room;
|
|
|
1318 }
|
|
|
1319 }
|
|
|
1320 #endif
|
|
|
1321 }
|
|
|
1322
|
|
|
1323 /*
|
|
|
1324 * ":previous", ":sprevious", ":Next" and ":sNext".
|
|
|
1325 */
|
|
|
1326 void
|
|
|
1327 ex_previous(eap)
|
|
|
1328 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1329 {
|
|
|
1330 /* If past the last one already, go to the last one. */
|
|
|
1331 if (curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2 >= ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1332 do_argfile(eap, ARGCOUNT - 1);
|
|
|
1333 else
|
|
|
1334 do_argfile(eap, curwin->w_arg_idx - (int)eap->line2);
|
|
|
1335 }
|
|
|
1336
|
|
|
1337 /*
|
|
|
1338 * ":rewind", ":first", ":sfirst" and ":srewind".
|
|
|
1339 */
|
|
|
1340 void
|
|
|
1341 ex_rewind(eap)
|
|
|
1342 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1343 {
|
|
|
1344 do_argfile(eap, 0);
|
|
|
1345 }
|
|
|
1346
|
|
|
1347 /*
|
|
|
1348 * ":last" and ":slast".
|
|
|
1349 */
|
|
|
1350 void
|
|
|
1351 ex_last(eap)
|
|
|
1352 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1353 {
|
|
|
1354 do_argfile(eap, ARGCOUNT - 1);
|
|
|
1355 }
|
|
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 /*
|
|
|
1358 * ":argument" and ":sargument".
|
|
|
1359 */
|
|
|
1360 void
|
|
|
1361 ex_argument(eap)
|
|
|
1362 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1363 {
|
|
|
1364 int i;
|
|
|
1365
|
|
|
1366 if (eap->addr_count > 0)
|
|
|
1367 i = eap->line2 - 1;
|
|
|
1368 else
|
|
|
1369 i = curwin->w_arg_idx;
|
|
|
1370 do_argfile(eap, i);
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 /*
|
|
|
1374 * Edit file "argn" of the argument lists.
|
|
|
1375 */
|
|
|
1376 void
|
|
|
1377 do_argfile(eap, argn)
|
|
|
1378 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1379 int argn;
|
|
|
1380 {
|
|
|
1381 int other;
|
|
|
1382 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1383
|
|
|
1384 if (argn < 0 || argn >= ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1385 {
|
|
|
1386 if (ARGCOUNT <= 1)
|
|
|
1387 EMSG(_("E163: There is only one file to edit"));
|
|
|
1388 else if (argn < 0)
|
|
|
1389 EMSG(_("E164: Cannot go before first file"));
|
|
|
1390 else
|
|
|
1391 EMSG(_("E165: Cannot go beyond last file"));
|
|
|
1392 }
|
|
|
1393 else
|
|
|
1394 {
|
|
|
1395 setpcmark();
|
|
|
1396 #ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
1397 need_mouse_correct = TRUE;
|
|
|
1398 #endif
|
|
|
1399
|
|
|
1400 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1401 if (*eap->cmd == 's') /* split window first */
|
|
|
1402 {
|
|
|
1403 if (win_split(0, 0) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1404 return;
|
|
|
1405 # ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
1406 curwin->w_p_scb = FALSE;
|
|
|
1407 # endif
|
|
|
1408 }
|
|
|
1409 else
|
|
|
1410 #endif
|
|
|
1411 {
|
|
|
1412 /*
|
|
|
1413 * if 'hidden' set, only check for changed file when re-editing
|
|
|
1414 * the same buffer
|
|
|
1415 */
|
|
|
1416 other = TRUE;
|
|
|
1417 if (P_HID(curbuf))
|
|
|
1418 {
|
|
|
1419 p = fix_fname(alist_name(&ARGLIST[argn]));
|
|
|
1420 other = otherfile(p);
|
|
|
1421 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
1422 }
|
|
|
1423 if ((!P_HID(curbuf) || !other)
|
|
|
1424 && check_changed(curbuf, TRUE, !other, eap->forceit, FALSE))
|
|
|
1425 return;
|
|
|
1426 }
|
|
|
1427
|
|
|
1428 curwin->w_arg_idx = argn;
|
|
|
1429 if (argn == ARGCOUNT - 1
|
|
|
1430 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1431 && curwin->w_alist == &global_alist
|
|
|
1432 #endif
|
|
|
1433 )
|
|
|
1434 arg_had_last = TRUE;
|
|
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 /* Edit the file; always use the last known line number. */
|
|
|
1437 (void)do_ecmd(0, alist_name(&ARGLIST[curwin->w_arg_idx]), NULL,
|
|
|
1438 eap, ECMD_LAST,
|
|
|
1439 (P_HID(curwin->w_buffer) ? ECMD_HIDE : 0) +
|
|
|
1440 (eap->forceit ? ECMD_FORCEIT : 0));
|
|
|
1441
|
|
|
1442 /* like Vi: set the mark where the cursor is in the file. */
|
|
|
1443 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_argdo)
|
|
|
1444 setmark('\'');
|
|
|
1445 }
|
|
|
1446 }
|
|
|
1447
|
|
|
1448 /*
|
|
|
1449 * ":next", and commands that behave like it.
|
|
|
1450 */
|
|
|
1451 void
|
|
|
1452 ex_next(eap)
|
|
|
1453 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1454 {
|
|
|
1455 int i;
|
|
|
1456
|
|
|
1457 /*
|
|
|
1458 * check for changed buffer now, if this fails the argument list is not
|
|
|
1459 * redefined.
|
|
|
1460 */
|
|
|
1461 if ( P_HID(curbuf)
|
|
|
1462 || eap->cmdidx == CMD_snext
|
|
|
1463 || !check_changed(curbuf, TRUE, FALSE, eap->forceit, FALSE))
|
|
|
1464 {
|
|
|
1465 if (*eap->arg != NUL) /* redefine file list */
|
|
|
1466 {
|
|
|
1467 if (do_arglist(eap->arg, AL_SET, 0) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1468 return;
|
|
|
1469 i = 0;
|
|
|
1470 }
|
|
|
1471 else
|
|
|
1472 i = curwin->w_arg_idx + (int)eap->line2;
|
|
|
1473 do_argfile(eap, i);
|
|
|
1474 }
|
|
|
1475 }
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 #ifdef FEAT_LISTCMDS
|
|
|
1478 /*
|
|
|
1479 * ":argedit"
|
|
|
1480 */
|
|
|
1481 void
|
|
|
1482 ex_argedit(eap)
|
|
|
1483 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 int fnum;
|
|
|
1486 int i;
|
|
|
1487 char_u *s;
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 /* Add the argument to the buffer list and get the buffer number. */
|
|
|
1490 fnum = buflist_add(eap->arg, BLN_LISTED);
|
|
|
1491
|
|
|
1492 /* Check if this argument is already in the argument list. */
|
|
|
1493 for (i = 0; i < ARGCOUNT; ++i)
|
|
|
1494 if (ARGLIST[i].ae_fnum == fnum)
|
|
|
1495 break;
|
|
|
1496 if (i == ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1497 {
|
|
|
1498 /* Can't find it, add it to the argument list. */
|
|
|
1499 s = vim_strsave(eap->arg);
|
|
|
1500 if (s == NULL)
|
|
|
1501 return;
|
|
|
1502 i = alist_add_list(1, &s,
|
|
|
1503 eap->addr_count > 0 ? (int)eap->line2 : curwin->w_arg_idx + 1);
|
|
|
1504 if (i < 0)
|
|
|
1505 return;
|
|
|
1506 curwin->w_arg_idx = i;
|
|
|
1507 }
|
|
|
1508
|
|
|
1509 alist_check_arg_idx();
|
|
|
1510
|
|
|
1511 /* Edit the argument. */
|
|
|
1512 do_argfile(eap, i);
|
|
|
1513 }
|
|
|
1514
|
|
|
1515 /*
|
|
|
1516 * ":argadd"
|
|
|
1517 */
|
|
|
1518 void
|
|
|
1519 ex_argadd(eap)
|
|
|
1520 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1521 {
|
|
|
1522 do_arglist(eap->arg, AL_ADD,
|
|
|
1523 eap->addr_count > 0 ? (int)eap->line2 : curwin->w_arg_idx + 1);
|
|
|
1524 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
1525 maketitle();
|
|
|
1526 #endif
|
|
|
1527 }
|
|
|
1528
|
|
|
1529 /*
|
|
|
1530 * ":argdelete"
|
|
|
1531 */
|
|
|
1532 void
|
|
|
1533 ex_argdelete(eap)
|
|
|
1534 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1535 {
|
|
|
1536 int i;
|
|
|
1537 int n;
|
|
|
1538
|
|
|
1539 if (eap->addr_count > 0)
|
|
|
1540 {
|
|
|
1541 /* ":1,4argdel": Delete all arguments in the range. */
|
|
|
1542 if (eap->line2 > ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1543 eap->line2 = ARGCOUNT;
|
|
|
1544 n = eap->line2 - eap->line1 + 1;
|
|
|
1545 if (*eap->arg != NUL || n <= 0)
|
|
|
1546 EMSG(_(e_invarg));
|
|
|
1547 else
|
|
|
1548 {
|
|
|
1549 for (i = eap->line1; i <= eap->line2; ++i)
|
|
|
1550 vim_free(ARGLIST[i - 1].ae_fname);
|
|
|
1551 mch_memmove(ARGLIST + eap->line1 - 1, ARGLIST + eap->line2,
|
|
|
1552 (size_t)((ARGCOUNT - eap->line2) * sizeof(aentry_T)));
|
|
|
1553 ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_len -= n;
|
|
|
1554 ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_room += n;
|
|
|
1555 if (curwin->w_arg_idx >= eap->line2)
|
|
|
1556 curwin->w_arg_idx -= n;
|
|
|
1557 else if (curwin->w_arg_idx > eap->line1)
|
|
|
1558 curwin->w_arg_idx = eap->line1;
|
|
|
1559 }
|
|
|
1560 }
|
|
|
1561 else if (*eap->arg == NUL)
|
|
|
1562 EMSG(_(e_argreq));
|
|
|
1563 else
|
|
|
1564 do_arglist(eap->arg, AL_DEL, 0);
|
|
|
1565 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
1566 maketitle();
|
|
|
1567 #endif
|
|
|
1568 }
|
|
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 /*
|
|
|
1571 * ":argdo", ":windo", ":bufdo"
|
|
|
1572 */
|
|
|
1573 void
|
|
|
1574 ex_listdo(eap)
|
|
|
1575 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1576 {
|
|
|
1577 int i;
|
|
|
1578 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1579 win_T *win;
|
|
|
1580 #endif
|
|
|
1581 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
1582 int next_fnum = 0;
|
|
|
1583 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
1584 char_u *save_ei = NULL;
|
|
|
1585 char_u *new_ei;
|
|
|
1586 #endif
|
|
|
1587
|
|
|
1588 #ifndef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1589 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_windo)
|
|
|
1590 {
|
|
|
1591 ex_ni(eap);
|
|
|
1592 return;
|
|
|
1593 }
|
|
|
1594 #endif
|
|
|
1595
|
|
|
1596 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
1597 if (eap->cmdidx != CMD_windo)
|
|
|
1598 {
|
|
|
1599 /* Add "Syntax" to 'eventignore' to skip loading syntax highlighting
|
|
|
1600 * for every buffer loaded into the window. A considerable speed
|
|
|
1601 * improvement. */
|
|
|
1602 save_ei = vim_strsave(p_ei);
|
|
|
1603 if (save_ei != NULL)
|
|
|
1604 {
|
|
|
1605 new_ei = vim_strnsave(p_ei, (int)STRLEN(p_ei) + 8);
|
|
|
1606 if (new_ei != NULL)
|
|
|
1607 {
|
|
|
1608 STRCAT(new_ei, ",Syntax");
|
|
|
1609 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ei", -1, new_ei, OPT_FREE);
|
|
|
1610 vim_free(new_ei);
|
|
|
1611 }
|
|
|
1612 }
|
|
|
1613 }
|
|
|
1614 #endif
|
|
|
1615
|
|
|
1616 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_windo
|
|
|
1617 || P_HID(curbuf)
|
|
|
1618 || !check_changed(curbuf, TRUE, FALSE, eap->forceit, FALSE))
|
|
|
1619 {
|
|
|
1620 /* start at the first argument/window/buffer */
|
|
|
1621 i = 0;
|
|
|
1622 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1623 win = firstwin;
|
|
|
1624 #endif
|
|
|
1625 /* set pcmark now */
|
|
|
1626 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_bufdo)
|
|
|
1627 goto_buffer(eap, DOBUF_FIRST, FORWARD, 0);
|
|
|
1628 else
|
|
|
1629 setpcmark();
|
|
|
1630 listcmd_busy = TRUE; /* avoids setting pcmark below */
|
|
|
1631
|
|
|
1632 while (!got_int)
|
|
|
1633 {
|
|
|
1634 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_argdo)
|
|
|
1635 {
|
|
|
1636 /* go to argument "i" */
|
|
|
1637 if (i == ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1638 break;
|
|
|
1639 /* Don't call do_argfile() when already there, it will try
|
|
|
1640 * reloading the file. */
|
|
|
1641 if (curwin->w_arg_idx != i)
|
|
|
1642 do_argfile(eap, i);
|
|
|
1643 if (curwin->w_arg_idx != i)
|
|
|
1644 break;
|
|
|
1645 ++i;
|
|
|
1646 }
|
|
|
1647 #ifdef FEAT_WINDOWS
|
|
|
1648 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_windo)
|
|
|
1649 {
|
|
|
1650 /* go to window "win" */
|
|
|
1651 if (!win_valid(win))
|
|
|
1652 break;
|
|
|
1653 win_goto(win);
|
|
|
1654 win = win->w_next;
|
|
|
1655 }
|
|
|
1656 #endif
|
|
|
1657 else if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_bufdo)
|
|
|
1658 {
|
|
|
1659 /* Remember the number of the next listed buffer, in case
|
|
|
1660 * ":bwipe" is used or autocommands do something strange. */
|
|
|
1661 next_fnum = -1;
|
|
|
1662 for (buf = curbuf->b_next; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
1663 if (buf->b_p_bl)
|
|
|
1664 {
|
|
|
1665 next_fnum = buf->b_fnum;
|
|
|
1666 break;
|
|
|
1667 }
|
|
|
1668 }
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670 /* execute the command */
|
|
|
1671 do_cmdline(eap->arg, eap->getline, eap->cookie,
|
|
|
1672 DOCMD_VERBOSE + DOCMD_NOWAIT);
|
|
|
1673
|
|
|
1674 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_bufdo)
|
|
|
1675 {
|
|
|
1676 /* Done? */
|
|
|
1677 if (next_fnum < 0)
|
|
|
1678 break;
|
|
|
1679 /* Check if the buffer still exists. */
|
|
|
1680 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
1681 if (buf->b_fnum == next_fnum)
|
|
|
1682 break;
|
|
|
1683 if (buf == NULL)
|
|
|
1684 break;
|
|
|
1685 goto_buffer(eap, DOBUF_FIRST, FORWARD, next_fnum);
|
|
|
1686 /* If autocommands took us elsewhere, quit here */
|
|
|
1687 if (curbuf->b_fnum != next_fnum)
|
|
|
1688 break;
|
|
|
1689 }
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 if (eap->cmdidx == CMD_windo)
|
|
|
1692 {
|
|
|
1693 validate_cursor(); /* cursor may have moved */
|
|
|
1694 #ifdef FEAT_SCROLLBIND
|
|
|
1695 /* required when 'scrollbind' has been set */
|
|
|
1696 if (curwin->w_p_scb)
|
|
|
1697 do_check_scrollbind(TRUE);
|
|
|
1698 #endif
|
|
|
1699 }
|
|
|
1700 }
|
|
|
1701 listcmd_busy = FALSE;
|
|
|
1702 }
|
|
|
1703
|
|
|
1704 #if defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD) && defined(FEAT_SYN_HL)
|
|
|
1705 if (save_ei != NULL)
|
|
|
1706 {
|
|
|
1707 set_string_option_direct((char_u *)"ei", -1, save_ei, OPT_FREE);
|
|
|
1708 apply_autocmds(EVENT_SYNTAX, curbuf->b_p_syn,
|
|
|
1709 curbuf->b_fname, TRUE, curbuf);
|
|
|
1710 vim_free(save_ei);
|
|
|
1711 }
|
|
|
1712 #endif
|
|
|
1713 }
|
|
|
1714
|
|
|
1715 /*
|
|
|
1716 * Add files[count] to the arglist of the current window after arg "after".
|
|
|
1717 * The file names in files[count] must have been allocated and are taken over.
|
|
|
1718 * Files[] itself is not taken over.
|
|
|
1719 * Returns index of first added argument. Returns -1 when failed (out of mem).
|
|
|
1720 */
|
|
|
1721 static int
|
|
|
1722 alist_add_list(count, files, after)
|
|
|
1723 int count;
|
|
|
1724 char_u **files;
|
|
|
1725 int after; /* where to add: 0 = before first one */
|
|
|
1726 {
|
|
|
1727 int i;
|
|
|
1728
|
|
|
1729 if (ga_grow(&ALIST(curwin)->al_ga, count) == OK)
|
|
|
1730 {
|
|
|
1731 if (after < 0)
|
|
|
1732 after = 0;
|
|
|
1733 if (after > ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1734 after = ARGCOUNT;
|
|
|
1735 if (after < ARGCOUNT)
|
|
|
1736 mch_memmove(&(ARGLIST[after + count]), &(ARGLIST[after]),
|
|
|
1737 (ARGCOUNT - after) * sizeof(aentry_T));
|
|
|
1738 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
1739 {
|
|
|
1740 ARGLIST[after + i].ae_fname = files[i];
|
|
|
1741 ARGLIST[after + i].ae_fnum = buflist_add(files[i], BLN_LISTED);
|
|
|
1742 }
|
|
|
1743 ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_len += count;
|
|
|
1744 ALIST(curwin)->al_ga.ga_room -= count;
|
|
|
1745 if (curwin->w_arg_idx >= after)
|
|
|
1746 ++curwin->w_arg_idx;
|
|
|
1747 return after;
|
|
|
1748 }
|
|
|
1749
|
|
|
1750 for (i = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
1751 vim_free(files[i]);
|
|
|
1752 return -1;
|
|
|
1753 }
|
|
|
1754
|
|
|
1755 #endif /* FEAT_LISTCMDS */
|
|
|
1756
|
|
|
1757 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
1758 /*
|
|
|
1759 * ":compiler[!] {name}"
|
|
|
1760 */
|
|
|
1761 void
|
|
|
1762 ex_compiler(eap)
|
|
|
1763 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1764 {
|
|
|
1765 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1766 char_u *old_cur_comp = NULL;
|
|
|
1767 char_u *p;
|
|
|
1768
|
|
|
1769 if (*eap->arg == NUL)
|
|
|
1770 {
|
|
|
1771 /* List all compiler scripts. */
|
|
|
1772 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"echo globpath(&rtp, 'compiler/*.vim')");
|
|
|
1773 /* ) keep the indenter happy... */
|
|
|
1774 }
|
|
|
1775 else
|
|
|
1776 {
|
|
|
1777 buf = alloc((unsigned)(STRLEN(eap->arg) + 14));
|
|
|
1778 if (buf != NULL)
|
|
|
1779 {
|
|
|
1780 if (eap->forceit)
|
|
|
1781 {
|
|
|
1782 /* ":compiler! {name}" sets global options */
|
|
|
1783 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)
|
|
|
1784 "command -nargs=* CompilerSet set <args>");
|
|
|
1785 }
|
|
|
1786 else
|
|
|
1787 {
|
|
|
1788 /* ":compiler! {name}" sets local options.
|
|
|
1789 * To remain backwards compatible "current_compiler" is always
|
|
|
1790 * used. A user's compiler plugin may set it, the distributed
|
|
|
1791 * plugin will then skip the settings. Afterwards set
|
|
|
1792 * "b:current_compiler" and restore "current_compiler". */
|
|
|
1793 old_cur_comp = get_var_value((char_u *)"current_compiler");
|
|
|
1794 if (old_cur_comp != NULL)
|
|
|
1795 old_cur_comp = vim_strsave(old_cur_comp);
|
|
|
1796 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)
|
|
|
1797 "command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>");
|
|
|
1798 }
|
|
|
1799 do_unlet((char_u *)"current_compiler");
|
|
|
1800 do_unlet((char_u *)"b:current_compiler");
|
|
|
1801
|
|
|
1802 sprintf((char *)buf, "compiler/%s.vim", eap->arg);
|
|
|
1803 if (cmd_runtime(buf, TRUE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
1804 EMSG2(_("E666: compiler not supported: %s"), eap->arg);
|
|
|
1805 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
1806
|
|
|
1807 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)":delcommand CompilerSet");
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 /* Set "b:current_compiler" from "current_compiler". */
|
|
|
1810 p = get_var_value((char_u *)"current_compiler");
|
|
|
1811 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
1812 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"b:current_compiler", p);
|
|
|
1813
|
|
|
1814 /* Restore "current_compiler" for ":compiler {name}". */
|
|
|
1815 if (!eap->forceit)
|
|
|
1816 {
|
|
|
1817 if (old_cur_comp != NULL)
|
|
|
1818 {
|
|
|
1819 set_internal_string_var((char_u *)"current_compiler",
|
|
|
1820 old_cur_comp);
|
|
|
1821 vim_free(old_cur_comp);
|
|
|
1822 }
|
|
|
1823 else
|
|
|
1824 do_unlet((char_u *)"current_compiler");
|
|
|
1825 }
|
|
|
1826 }
|
|
|
1827 }
|
|
|
1828 }
|
|
|
1829 #endif
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 /*
|
|
|
1832 * ":runtime {name}"
|
|
|
1833 */
|
|
|
1834 void
|
|
|
1835 ex_runtime(eap)
|
|
|
1836 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1837 {
|
|
|
1838 cmd_runtime(eap->arg, eap->forceit);
|
|
|
1839 }
|
|
|
1840
|
|
|
1841 static void source_callback __ARGS((char_u *fname));
|
|
|
1842
|
|
|
1843 static void
|
|
|
1844 source_callback(fname)
|
|
|
1845 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1846 {
|
|
|
1847 (void)do_source(fname, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
1848 }
|
|
|
1849
|
|
|
1850 /*
|
|
|
1851 * Source the file "name" from all directories in 'runtimepath'.
|
|
|
1852 * "name" can contain wildcards.
|
|
|
1853 * When "all" is TRUE, source all files, otherwise only the first one.
|
|
|
1854 * return FAIL when no file could be sourced, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
1855 */
|
|
|
1856 int
|
|
|
1857 cmd_runtime(name, all)
|
|
|
1858 char_u *name;
|
|
|
1859 int all;
|
|
|
1860 {
|
|
|
1861 return do_in_runtimepath(name, all, source_callback);
|
|
|
1862 }
|
|
|
1863
|
|
|
1864 /*
|
|
|
1865 * Find "name" in 'runtimepath'. When found, call the "callback" function for
|
|
|
1866 * it.
|
|
|
1867 * When "all" is TRUE repeat for all matches, otherwise only the first one is
|
|
|
1868 * used.
|
|
|
1869 * Returns OK when at least one match found, FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
1870 */
|
|
|
1871 int
|
|
|
1872 do_in_runtimepath(name, all, callback)
|
|
|
1873 char_u *name;
|
|
|
1874 int all;
|
|
|
1875 void (*callback)__ARGS((char_u *fname));
|
|
|
1876 {
|
|
|
1877 char_u *rtp;
|
|
|
1878 char_u *np;
|
|
|
1879 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
1880 char_u *rtp_copy;
|
|
|
1881 char_u *tail;
|
|
|
1882 int num_files;
|
|
|
1883 char_u **files;
|
|
|
1884 int i;
|
|
|
1885 int did_one = FALSE;
|
|
|
1886 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
1887 struct Process *proc = (struct Process *)FindTask(0L);
|
|
|
1888 APTR save_winptr = proc->pr_WindowPtr;
|
|
|
1889
|
|
|
1890 /* Avoid a requester here for a volume that doesn't exist. */
|
|
|
1891 proc->pr_WindowPtr = (APTR)-1L;
|
|
|
1892 #endif
|
|
|
1893
|
|
|
1894 /* Make a copy of 'runtimepath'. Invoking the callback may change the
|
|
|
1895 * value. */
|
|
|
1896 rtp_copy = vim_strsave(p_rtp);
|
|
|
1897 buf = alloc(MAXPATHL);
|
|
|
1898 if (buf != NULL && rtp_copy != NULL)
|
|
|
1899 {
|
|
|
1900 if (p_verbose > 1)
|
|
|
1901 smsg((char_u *)_("Searching for \"%s\" in \"%s\""),
|
|
|
1902 (char *)name, (char *)p_rtp);
|
|
|
1903 /* Loop over all entries in 'runtimepath'. */
|
|
|
1904 rtp = rtp_copy;
|
|
|
1905 while (*rtp != NUL && (all || !did_one))
|
|
|
1906 {
|
|
|
1907 /* Copy the path from 'runtimepath' to buf[]. */
|
|
|
1908 copy_option_part(&rtp, buf, MAXPATHL, ",");
|
|
|
1909 if (STRLEN(buf) + STRLEN(name) + 2 < MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
1910 {
|
|
|
1911 add_pathsep(buf);
|
|
|
1912 tail = buf + STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
1913
|
|
|
1914 /* Loop over all patterns in "name" */
|
|
|
1915 np = name;
|
|
|
1916 while (*np != NUL && (all || !did_one))
|
|
|
1917 {
|
|
|
1918 /* Append the pattern from "name" to buf[]. */
|
|
|
1919 copy_option_part(&np, tail, (int)(MAXPATHL - (tail - buf)),
|
|
|
1920 "\t ");
|
|
|
1921
|
|
|
1922 if (p_verbose > 2)
|
|
|
1923 msg_str((char_u *)_("Searching for \"%s\""), buf);
|
|
|
1924
|
|
|
1925 /* Expand wildcards, invoke the callback for each match. */
|
|
|
1926 if (gen_expand_wildcards(1, &buf, &num_files, &files,
|
|
|
1927 EW_FILE) == OK)
|
|
|
1928 {
|
|
|
1929 for (i = 0; i < num_files; ++i)
|
|
|
1930 {
|
|
|
1931 (*callback)(files[i]);
|
|
|
1932 did_one = TRUE;
|
|
|
1933 if (!all)
|
|
|
1934 break;
|
|
|
1935 }
|
|
|
1936 FreeWild(num_files, files);
|
|
|
1937 }
|
|
|
1938 }
|
|
|
1939 }
|
|
|
1940 }
|
|
|
1941 }
|
|
|
1942 vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
1943 vim_free(rtp_copy);
|
|
|
1944 if (p_verbose > 0 && !did_one)
|
|
|
1945 msg_str((char_u *)_("not found in 'runtimepath': \"%s\""), name);
|
|
|
1946
|
|
|
1947 #ifdef AMIGA
|
|
|
1948 proc->pr_WindowPtr = save_winptr;
|
|
|
1949 #endif
|
|
|
1950
|
|
|
1951 return did_one ? OK : FAIL;
|
|
|
1952 }
|
|
|
1953
|
|
|
1954 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) && defined(FEAT_AUTOCMD)
|
|
|
1955 /*
|
|
|
1956 * ":options"
|
|
|
1957 */
|
|
|
1958 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
1959 void
|
|
|
1960 ex_options(eap)
|
|
|
1961 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1962 {
|
|
|
1963 cmd_source((char_u *)SYS_OPTWIN_FILE, NULL);
|
|
|
1964 }
|
|
|
1965 #endif
|
|
|
1966
|
|
|
1967 /*
|
|
|
1968 * ":source {fname}"
|
|
|
1969 */
|
|
|
1970 void
|
|
|
1971 ex_source(eap)
|
|
|
1972 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1973 {
|
|
|
1974 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
1975 if (cmdmod.browse)
|
|
|
1976 {
|
|
|
1977 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
1978
|
|
|
1979 fname = do_browse(FALSE, (char_u *)_("Source Vim script"), eap->arg,
|
|
|
1980 NULL, NULL, BROWSE_FILTER_MACROS, NULL);
|
|
|
1981 if (fname != NULL)
|
|
|
1982 {
|
|
|
1983 cmd_source(fname, eap);
|
|
|
1984 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
1985 }
|
|
|
1986 }
|
|
|
1987 else
|
|
|
1988 #endif
|
|
|
1989 cmd_source(eap->arg, eap);
|
|
|
1990 }
|
|
|
1991
|
|
|
1992 static void
|
|
|
1993 cmd_source(fname, eap)
|
|
|
1994 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
1995 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
1996 {
|
|
|
1997 if (*fname == NUL)
|
|
|
1998 EMSG(_(e_argreq));
|
|
|
1999
|
|
|
2000 /* ":source!" read vi commands */
|
|
|
2001 else if (eap != NULL && eap->forceit)
|
|
|
2002 /* Need to execute the commands directly when:
|
|
|
2003 * - ":g" command busy
|
|
|
2004 * - after ":argdo", ":windo" or ":bufdo"
|
|
|
2005 * - another command follows
|
|
|
2006 * - inside a loop
|
|
|
2007 */
|
|
|
2008 openscript(fname, global_busy || listcmd_busy || eap->nextcmd != NULL
|
|
|
2009 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2010 || eap->cstack->cs_idx >= 0
|
|
|
2011 #endif
|
|
|
2012 );
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014 /* ":source" read ex commands */
|
|
|
2015 else if (do_source(fname, FALSE, FALSE) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2016 EMSG2(_(e_notopen), fname);
|
|
|
2017 }
|
|
|
2018
|
|
|
2019 /*
|
|
|
2020 * ":source" and associated commands.
|
|
|
2021 */
|
|
|
2022 /*
|
|
|
2023 * Structure used to store info for each sourced file.
|
|
|
2024 * It is shared between do_source() and getsourceline().
|
|
|
2025 * This is required, because it needs to be handed to do_cmdline() and
|
|
|
2026 * sourcing can be done recursively.
|
|
|
2027 */
|
|
|
2028 struct source_cookie
|
|
|
2029 {
|
|
|
2030 FILE *fp; /* opened file for sourcing */
|
|
|
2031 char_u *nextline; /* if not NULL: line that was read ahead */
|
|
|
2032 int finished; /* ":finish" used */
|
|
|
2033 #if defined (USE_CRNL) || defined (USE_CR)
|
|
|
2034 int fileformat; /* EOL_UNKNOWN, EOL_UNIX or EOL_DOS */
|
|
|
2035 int error; /* TRUE if LF found after CR-LF */
|
|
|
2036 #endif
|
|
|
2037 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2038 linenr_T breakpoint; /* next line with breakpoint or zero */
|
|
|
2039 char_u *fname; /* name of sourced file */
|
|
|
2040 int dbg_tick; /* debug_tick when breakpoint was set */
|
|
|
2041 int level; /* top nesting level of sourced file */
|
|
|
2042 #endif
|
|
|
2043 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2044 vimconv_T conv; /* type of conversion */
|
|
|
2045 #endif
|
|
|
2046 };
|
|
|
2047
|
|
|
2048 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2049 /*
|
|
|
2050 * Return the address holding the next breakpoint line for a source cookie.
|
|
|
2051 */
|
|
|
2052 linenr_T *
|
|
|
2053 source_breakpoint(cookie)
|
|
|
2054 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2055 {
|
|
|
2056 return &((struct source_cookie *)cookie)->breakpoint;
|
|
|
2057 }
|
|
|
2058
|
|
|
2059 /*
|
|
|
2060 * Return the address holding the debug tick for a source cookie.
|
|
|
2061 */
|
|
|
2062 int *
|
|
|
2063 source_dbg_tick(cookie)
|
|
|
2064 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2065 {
|
|
|
2066 return &((struct source_cookie *)cookie)->dbg_tick;
|
|
|
2067 }
|
|
|
2068
|
|
|
2069 /*
|
|
|
2070 * Return the nesting level for a source cookie.
|
|
|
2071 */
|
|
|
2072 int
|
|
|
2073 source_level(cookie)
|
|
|
2074 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2075 {
|
|
|
2076 return ((struct source_cookie *)cookie)->level;
|
|
|
2077 }
|
|
|
2078 #endif
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 static char_u *get_one_sourceline __ARGS((struct source_cookie *sp));
|
|
|
2081
|
|
|
2082 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2083 /* Growarray to store the names of sourced scripts.
|
|
|
2084 * For Unix also store the dev/ino, so that we don't have to stat() each
|
|
|
2085 * script when going through the list. */
|
|
|
2086 struct scriptstuff
|
|
|
2087 {
|
|
|
2088 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2089 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2090 int dev;
|
|
|
2091 ino_t ino;
|
|
|
2092 # endif
|
|
|
2093 };
|
|
|
2094 static garray_T script_names = {0, 0, sizeof(struct scriptstuff), 4, NULL};
|
|
|
2095 #define SCRIPT_NAME(id) (((struct scriptstuff *)script_names.ga_data)[(id) - 1].name)
|
|
|
2096 #define SCRIPT_DEV(id) (((struct scriptstuff *)script_names.ga_data)[(id) - 1].dev)
|
|
|
2097 #define SCRIPT_INO(id) (((struct scriptstuff *)script_names.ga_data)[(id) - 1].ino)
|
|
|
2098 #endif
|
|
|
2099
|
|
|
2100 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
2101 static FILE *fopen_noinh_readbin __ARGS((char *filename));
|
|
|
2102
|
|
|
2103 /*
|
|
|
2104 * Special function to open a file without handle inheritance.
|
|
|
2105 */
|
|
|
2106 static FILE *
|
|
|
2107 fopen_noinh_readbin(filename)
|
|
|
2108 char *filename;
|
|
|
2109 {
|
|
|
2110 int fd_tmp = open(filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY | O_NOINHERIT);
|
|
|
2111
|
|
|
2112 if (fd_tmp == -1)
|
|
|
2113 return NULL;
|
|
|
2114 return fdopen(fd_tmp, READBIN);
|
|
|
2115 }
|
|
|
2116 #endif
|
|
|
2117
|
|
|
2118
|
|
|
2119 /*
|
|
|
2120 * do_source: Read the file "fname" and execute its lines as EX commands.
|
|
|
2121 *
|
|
|
2122 * This function may be called recursively!
|
|
|
2123 *
|
|
|
2124 * return FAIL if file could not be opened, OK otherwise
|
|
|
2125 */
|
|
|
2126 int
|
|
|
2127 do_source(fname, check_other, is_vimrc)
|
|
|
2128 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
2129 int check_other; /* check for .vimrc and _vimrc */
|
|
|
2130 int is_vimrc; /* call vimrc_found() when file exists */
|
|
|
2131 {
|
|
|
2132 struct source_cookie cookie;
|
|
|
2133 char_u *save_sourcing_name;
|
|
|
2134 linenr_T save_sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2135 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2136 char_u *fname_exp;
|
|
|
2137 int retval = FAIL;
|
|
|
2138 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2139 scid_T save_current_SID;
|
|
|
2140 static scid_T last_current_SID = 0;
|
|
|
2141 void *save_funccalp;
|
|
|
2142 int save_debug_break_level = debug_break_level;
|
|
|
2143 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2144 struct stat st;
|
|
|
2145 int stat_ok;
|
|
|
2146 # endif
|
|
|
2147 #endif
|
|
|
2148 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
|
|
|
2149 struct timeval tv_rel;
|
|
|
2150 struct timeval tv_start;
|
|
|
2151 #endif
|
|
|
2152
|
|
|
2153 #ifdef RISCOS
|
|
|
2154 p = mch_munge_fname(fname);
|
|
|
2155 #else
|
|
|
2156 p = expand_env_save(fname);
|
|
|
2157 #endif
|
|
|
2158 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
2159 return retval;
|
|
|
2160 fname_exp = fix_fname(p);
|
|
|
2161 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
2162 if (fname_exp == NULL)
|
|
|
2163 return retval;
|
|
|
2164 #ifdef MACOS_CLASSIC
|
|
|
2165 slash_n_colon_adjust(fname_exp);
|
|
|
2166 #endif
|
|
|
2167 if (mch_isdir(fname_exp))
|
|
|
2168 {
|
|
|
2169 msg_str((char_u *)_("Cannot source a directory: \"%s\""), fname);
|
|
|
2170 goto theend;
|
|
|
2171 }
|
|
|
2172
|
|
|
2173 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
2174 cookie.fp = fopen_noinh_readbin((char *)fname_exp);
|
|
|
2175 #else
|
|
|
2176 cookie.fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname_exp, READBIN);
|
|
|
2177 #endif
|
|
|
2178 if (cookie.fp == NULL && check_other)
|
|
|
2179 {
|
|
|
2180 /*
|
|
|
2181 * Try again, replacing file name ".vimrc" by "_vimrc" or vice versa,
|
|
|
2182 * and ".exrc" by "_exrc" or vice versa.
|
|
|
2183 */
|
|
|
2184 p = gettail(fname_exp);
|
|
|
2185 if ((*p == '.' || *p == '_')
|
|
|
2186 && (STRICMP(p + 1, "vimrc") == 0
|
|
|
2187 || STRICMP(p + 1, "gvimrc") == 0
|
|
|
2188 || STRICMP(p + 1, "exrc") == 0))
|
|
|
2189 {
|
|
|
2190 if (*p == '_')
|
|
|
2191 *p = '.';
|
|
|
2192 else
|
|
|
2193 *p = '_';
|
|
|
2194 #if defined(WIN32) && defined(FEAT_CSCOPE)
|
|
|
2195 cookie.fp = fopen_noinh_readbin((char *)fname_exp);
|
|
|
2196 #else
|
|
|
2197 cookie.fp = mch_fopen((char *)fname_exp, READBIN);
|
|
|
2198 #endif
|
|
|
2199 }
|
|
|
2200 }
|
|
|
2201
|
|
|
2202 if (cookie.fp == NULL)
|
|
|
2203 {
|
|
|
2204 if (p_verbose > 0)
|
|
|
2205 {
|
|
|
2206 if (sourcing_name == NULL)
|
|
|
2207 msg_str((char_u *)_("could not source \"%s\""), fname);
|
|
|
2208 else
|
|
|
2209 smsg((char_u *)_("line %ld: could not source \"%s\""),
|
|
|
2210 sourcing_lnum, fname);
|
|
|
2211 }
|
|
|
2212 goto theend;
|
|
|
2213 }
|
|
|
2214
|
|
|
2215 /*
|
|
|
2216 * The file exists.
|
|
|
2217 * - In verbose mode, give a message.
|
|
|
2218 * - For a vimrc file, may want to set 'compatible', call vimrc_found().
|
|
|
2219 */
|
|
|
2220 if (p_verbose > 1)
|
|
|
2221 {
|
|
|
2222 if (sourcing_name == NULL)
|
|
|
2223 msg_str((char_u *)_("sourcing \"%s\""), fname);
|
|
|
2224 else
|
|
|
2225 smsg((char_u *)_("line %ld: sourcing \"%s\""),
|
|
|
2226 sourcing_lnum, fname);
|
|
|
2227 }
|
|
|
2228 if (is_vimrc)
|
|
|
2229 vimrc_found();
|
|
|
2230
|
|
|
2231 #ifdef USE_CRNL
|
|
|
2232 /* If no automatic file format: Set default to CR-NL. */
|
|
|
2233 if (*p_ffs == NUL)
|
|
|
2234 cookie.fileformat = EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2235 else
|
|
|
2236 cookie.fileformat = EOL_UNKNOWN;
|
|
|
2237 cookie.error = FALSE;
|
|
|
2238 #endif
|
|
|
2239
|
|
|
2240 #ifdef USE_CR
|
|
|
2241 /* If no automatic file format: Set default to CR. */
|
|
|
2242 if (*p_ffs == NUL)
|
|
|
2243 cookie.fileformat = EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2244 else
|
|
|
2245 cookie.fileformat = EOL_UNKNOWN;
|
|
|
2246 cookie.error = FALSE;
|
|
|
2247 #endif
|
|
|
2248
|
|
|
2249 cookie.nextline = NULL;
|
|
|
2250 cookie.finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
2251
|
|
|
2252 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2253 /*
|
|
|
2254 * Check if this script has a breakpoint.
|
|
|
2255 */
|
|
|
2256 cookie.breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(TRUE, fname_exp, (linenr_T)0);
|
|
|
2257 cookie.fname = fname_exp;
|
|
|
2258 cookie.dbg_tick = debug_tick;
|
|
|
2259
|
|
|
2260 cookie.level = ex_nesting_level;
|
|
|
2261 #endif
|
|
|
2262 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2263 cookie.conv.vc_type = CONV_NONE; /* no conversion */
|
|
|
2264
|
|
|
2265 /* Try reading the first few bytes to check for a UTF-8 BOM. */
|
|
|
2266 {
|
|
|
2267 char_u buf[3];
|
|
|
2268
|
|
|
2269 if (fread((char *)buf, sizeof(char_u), (size_t)3, cookie.fp)
|
|
|
2270 == (size_t)3
|
|
|
2271 && buf[0] == 0xef && buf[1] == 0xbb && buf[2] == 0xbf)
|
|
|
2272 /* Found BOM, setup conversion and skip over it. */
|
|
|
2273 convert_setup(&cookie.conv, (char_u *)"utf-8", p_enc);
|
|
|
2274 else
|
|
|
2275 /* No BOM found, rewind. */
|
|
|
2276 fseek(cookie.fp, 0L, SEEK_SET);
|
|
|
2277 }
|
|
|
2278 #endif
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280 /*
|
|
|
2281 * Keep the sourcing name/lnum, for recursive calls.
|
|
|
2282 */
|
|
|
2283 save_sourcing_name = sourcing_name;
|
|
|
2284 sourcing_name = fname_exp;
|
|
|
2285 save_sourcing_lnum = sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2286 sourcing_lnum = 0;
|
|
|
2287
|
|
|
2288 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
|
|
|
2289 time_push(&tv_rel, &tv_start);
|
|
|
2290 #endif
|
|
|
2291
|
|
|
2292 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2293 /*
|
|
|
2294 * Check if this script was sourced before to finds its SID.
|
|
|
2295 * If it's new, generate a new SID.
|
|
|
2296 */
|
|
|
2297 save_current_SID = current_SID;
|
|
|
2298 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2299 stat_ok = (mch_stat((char *)fname_exp, &st) >= 0);
|
|
|
2300 # endif
|
|
|
2301 for (current_SID = script_names.ga_len; current_SID > 0; --current_SID)
|
|
|
2302 if (SCRIPT_NAME(current_SID) != NULL
|
|
|
2303 && (
|
|
|
2304 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2305 /* compare dev/ino when possible, it catches symbolic
|
|
|
2306 * links */
|
|
|
2307 (stat_ok && SCRIPT_DEV(current_SID) != -1)
|
|
|
2308 ? (SCRIPT_DEV(current_SID) == st.st_dev
|
|
|
2309 && SCRIPT_INO(current_SID) == st.st_ino) :
|
|
|
2310 # endif
|
|
|
2311 fnamecmp(SCRIPT_NAME(current_SID), fname_exp) == 0))
|
|
|
2312 break;
|
|
|
2313 if (current_SID == 0)
|
|
|
2314 {
|
|
|
2315 current_SID = ++last_current_SID;
|
|
|
2316 if (ga_grow(&script_names, (int)(current_SID - script_names.ga_len))
|
|
|
2317 == OK)
|
|
|
2318 {
|
|
|
2319 while (script_names.ga_len < current_SID)
|
|
|
2320 {
|
|
|
2321 SCRIPT_NAME(script_names.ga_len + 1) = NULL;
|
|
|
2322 ++script_names.ga_len;
|
|
|
2323 --script_names.ga_room;
|
|
|
2324 }
|
|
|
2325 SCRIPT_NAME(current_SID) = fname_exp;
|
|
|
2326 # ifdef UNIX
|
|
|
2327 if (stat_ok)
|
|
|
2328 {
|
|
|
2329 SCRIPT_DEV(current_SID) = st.st_dev;
|
|
|
2330 SCRIPT_INO(current_SID) = st.st_ino;
|
|
|
2331 }
|
|
|
2332 else
|
|
|
2333 SCRIPT_DEV(current_SID) = -1;
|
|
|
2334 # endif
|
|
|
2335 fname_exp = NULL;
|
|
|
2336 }
|
|
|
2337 /* Allocate the local script variables to use for this script. */
|
|
|
2338 new_script_vars(current_SID);
|
|
|
2339 }
|
|
|
2340
|
|
|
2341 /* Don't use local function variables, if called from a function */
|
|
|
2342 save_funccalp = save_funccal();
|
|
|
2343 #endif
|
|
|
2344
|
|
|
2345 /*
|
|
|
2346 * Call do_cmdline, which will call getsourceline() to get the lines.
|
|
|
2347 */
|
|
|
2348 do_cmdline(NULL, getsourceline, (void *)&cookie,
|
|
|
2349 DOCMD_VERBOSE|DOCMD_NOWAIT|DOCMD_REPEAT);
|
|
|
2350
|
|
|
2351 retval = OK;
|
|
|
2352 fclose(cookie.fp);
|
|
|
2353 vim_free(cookie.nextline);
|
|
|
2354 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2355 convert_setup(&cookie.conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
2356 #endif
|
|
|
2357
|
|
|
2358 if (got_int)
|
|
|
2359 EMSG(_(e_interr));
|
|
|
2360 sourcing_name = save_sourcing_name;
|
|
|
2361 sourcing_lnum = save_sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2362 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2363 current_SID = save_current_SID;
|
|
|
2364 restore_funccal(save_funccalp);
|
|
|
2365 #endif
|
|
|
2366 if (p_verbose > 1)
|
|
|
2367 {
|
|
|
2368 msg_str((char_u *)_("finished sourcing %s"), fname);
|
|
|
2369 if (sourcing_name != NULL)
|
|
|
2370 msg_str((char_u *)_("continuing in %s"), sourcing_name);
|
|
|
2371 }
|
|
|
2372 #ifdef STARTUPTIME
|
|
|
2373 # ifdef HAVE_SNPRINTF
|
|
|
2374 snprintf(IObuff, IOSIZE, "sourcing %s", fname);
|
|
|
2375 # else
|
|
|
2376 sprintf(IObuff, "sourcing %s", fname);
|
|
|
2377 # endif
|
|
|
2378 time_msg(IObuff, &tv_start);
|
|
|
2379 time_pop(&tv_rel);
|
|
|
2380 #endif
|
|
|
2381
|
|
|
2382 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2383 /*
|
|
|
2384 * After a "finish" in debug mode, need to break at first command of next
|
|
|
2385 * sourced file.
|
|
|
2386 */
|
|
|
2387 if (save_debug_break_level > ex_nesting_level
|
|
|
2388 && debug_break_level == ex_nesting_level)
|
|
|
2389 ++debug_break_level;
|
|
|
2390 #endif
|
|
|
2391
|
|
|
2392 theend:
|
|
|
2393 vim_free(fname_exp);
|
|
|
2394 return retval;
|
|
|
2395 }
|
|
|
2396
|
|
|
2397 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2398 /*
|
|
|
2399 * ":scriptnames"
|
|
|
2400 */
|
|
|
2401 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
2402 void
|
|
|
2403 ex_scriptnames(eap)
|
|
|
2404 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2405 {
|
|
|
2406 int i;
|
|
|
2407
|
|
|
2408 for (i = 1; i <= script_names.ga_len && !got_int; ++i)
|
|
|
2409 if (SCRIPT_NAME(i) != NULL)
|
|
|
2410 smsg((char_u *)"%3d: %s", i, SCRIPT_NAME(i));
|
|
|
2411 }
|
|
|
2412
|
|
|
2413 # if defined(BACKSLASH_IN_FILENAME) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2414 /*
|
|
|
2415 * Fix slashes in the list of script names for 'shellslash'.
|
|
|
2416 */
|
|
|
2417 void
|
|
|
2418 scriptnames_slash_adjust()
|
|
|
2419 {
|
|
|
2420 int i;
|
|
|
2421
|
|
|
2422 for (i = 1; i <= script_names.ga_len; ++i)
|
|
|
2423 if (SCRIPT_NAME(i) != NULL)
|
|
|
2424 slash_adjust(SCRIPT_NAME(i));
|
|
|
2425 }
|
|
|
2426 # endif
|
|
|
2427
|
|
|
2428 /*
|
|
|
2429 * Get a pointer to a script name. Used for ":verbose set".
|
|
|
2430 */
|
|
|
2431 char_u *
|
|
|
2432 get_scriptname(id)
|
|
|
2433 scid_T id;
|
|
|
2434 {
|
|
|
2435 if (id == SID_MODELINE)
|
|
|
2436 return (char_u *)"modeline";
|
|
|
2437 if (id == SID_CMDARG)
|
|
|
2438 return (char_u *)"--cmd argument";
|
|
|
2439 if (id == SID_CARG)
|
|
|
2440 return (char_u *)"-c argument";
|
|
|
2441 if (id == SID_ENV)
|
|
|
2442 return (char_u *)"environment variable";
|
|
|
2443 return SCRIPT_NAME(id);
|
|
|
2444 }
|
|
|
2445 #endif
|
|
|
2446
|
|
|
2447 #if defined(USE_CR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2448
|
|
|
2449 # if defined(__MSL__) && (__MSL__ >= 22)
|
|
|
2450 /*
|
|
|
2451 * Newer version of the Metrowerks library handle DOS and UNIX files
|
|
|
2452 * without help.
|
|
|
2453 * Test with earlier versions, MSL 2.2 is the library supplied with
|
|
|
2454 * Codewarrior Pro 2.
|
|
|
2455 */
|
|
|
2456 char *
|
|
|
2457 fgets_cr(s, n, stream)
|
|
|
2458 char *s;
|
|
|
2459 int n;
|
|
|
2460 FILE *stream;
|
|
|
2461 {
|
|
|
2462 return fgets(s, n, stream);
|
|
|
2463 }
|
|
|
2464 # else
|
|
|
2465 /*
|
|
|
2466 * Version of fgets() which also works for lines ending in a <CR> only
|
|
|
2467 * (Macintosh format).
|
|
|
2468 * For older versions of the Metrowerks library.
|
|
|
2469 * At least CodeWarrior 9 needed this code.
|
|
|
2470 */
|
|
|
2471 char *
|
|
|
2472 fgets_cr(s, n, stream)
|
|
|
2473 char *s;
|
|
|
2474 int n;
|
|
|
2475 FILE *stream;
|
|
|
2476 {
|
|
|
2477 int c = 0;
|
|
|
2478 int char_read = 0;
|
|
|
2479
|
|
|
2480 while (!feof(stream) && c != '\r' && c != '\n' && char_read < n - 1)
|
|
|
2481 {
|
|
|
2482 c = fgetc(stream);
|
|
|
2483 s[char_read++] = c;
|
|
|
2484 /* If the file is in DOS format, we need to skip a NL after a CR. I
|
|
|
2485 * thought it was the other way around, but this appears to work... */
|
|
|
2486 if (c == '\n')
|
|
|
2487 {
|
|
|
2488 c = fgetc(stream);
|
|
|
2489 if (c != '\r')
|
|
|
2490 ungetc(c, stream);
|
|
|
2491 }
|
|
|
2492 }
|
|
|
2493
|
|
|
2494 s[char_read] = 0;
|
|
|
2495 if (char_read == 0)
|
|
|
2496 return NULL;
|
|
|
2497
|
|
|
2498 if (feof(stream) && char_read == 1)
|
|
|
2499 return NULL;
|
|
|
2500
|
|
|
2501 return s;
|
|
|
2502 }
|
|
|
2503 # endif
|
|
|
2504 #endif
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 /*
|
|
|
2507 * Get one full line from a sourced file.
|
|
|
2508 * Called by do_cmdline() when it's called from do_source().
|
|
|
2509 *
|
|
|
2510 * Return a pointer to the line in allocated memory.
|
|
|
2511 * Return NULL for end-of-file or some error.
|
|
|
2512 */
|
|
|
2513 /* ARGSUSED */
|
|
|
2514 char_u *
|
|
|
2515 getsourceline(c, cookie, indent)
|
|
|
2516 int c; /* not used */
|
|
|
2517 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2518 int indent; /* not used */
|
|
|
2519 {
|
|
|
2520 struct source_cookie *sp = (struct source_cookie *)cookie;
|
|
|
2521 char_u *line;
|
|
|
2522 char_u *p, *s;
|
|
|
2523
|
|
|
2524 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2525 /* If breakpoints have been added/deleted need to check for it. */
|
|
|
2526 if (sp->dbg_tick < debug_tick)
|
|
|
2527 {
|
|
|
2528 sp->breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(TRUE, sp->fname, sourcing_lnum);
|
|
|
2529 sp->dbg_tick = debug_tick;
|
|
|
2530 }
|
|
|
2531 #endif
|
|
|
2532 /*
|
|
|
2533 * Get current line. If there is a read-ahead line, use it, otherwise get
|
|
|
2534 * one now.
|
|
|
2535 */
|
|
|
2536 if (sp->finished)
|
|
|
2537 line = NULL;
|
|
|
2538 else if (sp->nextline == NULL)
|
|
|
2539 line = get_one_sourceline(sp);
|
|
|
2540 else
|
|
|
2541 {
|
|
|
2542 line = sp->nextline;
|
|
|
2543 sp->nextline = NULL;
|
|
|
2544 ++sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2545 }
|
|
|
2546
|
|
|
2547 /* Only concatenate lines starting with a \ when 'cpoptions' doesn't
|
|
|
2548 * contain the 'C' flag. */
|
|
|
2549 if (line != NULL && (vim_strchr(p_cpo, CPO_CONCAT) == NULL))
|
|
|
2550 {
|
|
|
2551 /* compensate for the one line read-ahead */
|
|
|
2552 --sourcing_lnum;
|
|
|
2553 for (;;)
|
|
|
2554 {
|
|
|
2555 sp->nextline = get_one_sourceline(sp);
|
|
|
2556 if (sp->nextline == NULL)
|
|
|
2557 break;
|
|
|
2558 p = skipwhite(sp->nextline);
|
|
|
2559 if (*p != '\\')
|
|
|
2560 break;
|
|
|
2561 s = alloc((int)(STRLEN(line) + STRLEN(p)));
|
|
|
2562 if (s == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
2563 break;
|
|
|
2564 STRCPY(s, line);
|
|
|
2565 STRCAT(s, p + 1);
|
|
|
2566 vim_free(line);
|
|
|
2567 line = s;
|
|
|
2568 vim_free(sp->nextline);
|
|
|
2569 }
|
|
|
2570 }
|
|
|
2571
|
|
|
2572 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2573 if (line != NULL && sp->conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
2574 {
|
|
|
2575 /* Convert the encoding of the script line. */
|
|
|
2576 s = string_convert(&sp->conv, line, NULL);
|
|
|
2577 if (s != NULL)
|
|
|
2578 {
|
|
|
2579 vim_free(line);
|
|
|
2580 line = s;
|
|
|
2581 }
|
|
|
2582 }
|
|
|
2583 #endif
|
|
|
2584
|
|
|
2585 #ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
2586 /* Did we encounter a breakpoint? */
|
|
|
2587 if (sp->breakpoint != 0 && sp->breakpoint <= sourcing_lnum)
|
|
|
2588 {
|
|
|
2589 dbg_breakpoint(sp->fname, sourcing_lnum);
|
|
|
2590 /* Find next breakpoint. */
|
|
|
2591 sp->breakpoint = dbg_find_breakpoint(TRUE, sp->fname, sourcing_lnum);
|
|
|
2592 sp->dbg_tick = debug_tick;
|
|
|
2593 }
|
|
|
2594 #endif
|
|
|
2595
|
|
|
2596 return line;
|
|
|
2597 }
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 static char_u *
|
|
|
2600 get_one_sourceline(sp)
|
|
|
2601 struct source_cookie *sp;
|
|
|
2602 {
|
|
|
2603 garray_T ga;
|
|
|
2604 int len;
|
|
|
2605 int c;
|
|
|
2606 char_u *buf;
|
|
|
2607 #ifdef USE_CRNL
|
|
|
2608 int has_cr; /* CR-LF found */
|
|
|
2609 #endif
|
|
|
2610 #ifdef USE_CR
|
|
|
2611 char_u *scan;
|
|
|
2612 #endif
|
|
|
2613 int have_read = FALSE;
|
|
|
2614
|
|
|
2615 /* use a growarray to store the sourced line */
|
|
|
2616 ga_init2(&ga, 1, 200);
|
|
|
2617
|
|
|
2618 /*
|
|
|
2619 * Loop until there is a finished line (or end-of-file).
|
|
|
2620 */
|
|
|
2621 sourcing_lnum++;
|
|
|
2622 for (;;)
|
|
|
2623 {
|
|
|
2624 /* make room to read at least 80 (more) characters */
|
|
|
2625 if (ga_grow(&ga, 80) == FAIL)
|
|
|
2626 break;
|
|
|
2627 buf = (char_u *)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2628
|
|
|
2629 #ifdef USE_CR
|
|
|
2630 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_MAC)
|
|
|
2631 {
|
|
|
2632 if (fgets_cr((char *)buf + ga.ga_len, ga.ga_room, sp->fp) == NULL)
|
|
|
2633 break;
|
|
|
2634 }
|
|
|
2635 else
|
|
|
2636 #endif
|
|
|
2637 if (fgets((char *)buf + ga.ga_len, ga.ga_room, sp->fp) == NULL)
|
|
|
2638 break;
|
|
|
2639 len = (int)STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
2640 #ifdef USE_CRNL
|
|
|
2641 /* Ignore a trailing CTRL-Z, when in Dos mode. Only recognize the
|
|
|
2642 * CTRL-Z by its own, or after a NL. */
|
|
|
2643 if ( (len == 1 || (len >= 2 && buf[len - 2] == '\n'))
|
|
|
2644 && sp->fileformat == EOL_DOS
|
|
|
2645 && buf[len - 1] == Ctrl_Z)
|
|
|
2646 {
|
|
|
2647 buf[len - 1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2648 break;
|
|
|
2649 }
|
|
|
2650 #endif
|
|
|
2651
|
|
|
2652 #ifdef USE_CR
|
|
|
2653 /* If the read doesn't stop on a new line, and there's
|
|
|
2654 * some CR then we assume a Mac format */
|
|
|
2655 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_UNKNOWN)
|
|
|
2656 {
|
|
|
2657 if (buf[len - 1] != '\n' && vim_strchr(buf, '\r') != NULL)
|
|
|
2658 sp->fileformat = EOL_MAC;
|
|
|
2659 else
|
|
|
2660 sp->fileformat = EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2661 }
|
|
|
2662
|
|
|
2663 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_MAC)
|
|
|
2664 {
|
|
|
2665 scan = vim_strchr(buf, '\r');
|
|
|
2666
|
|
|
2667 if (scan != NULL)
|
|
|
2668 {
|
|
|
2669 *scan = '\n';
|
|
|
2670 if (*(scan + 1) != 0)
|
|
|
2671 {
|
|
|
2672 *(scan + 1) = 0;
|
|
|
2673 fseek(sp->fp, (long)(scan - buf - len + 1), SEEK_CUR);
|
|
|
2674 }
|
|
|
2675 }
|
|
|
2676 len = STRLEN(buf);
|
|
|
2677 }
|
|
|
2678 #endif
|
|
|
2679
|
|
|
2680 have_read = TRUE;
|
|
|
2681 ga.ga_room -= len - ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2682 ga.ga_len = len;
|
|
|
2683
|
|
|
2684 /* If the line was longer than the buffer, read more. */
|
|
|
2685 if (ga.ga_room == 1 && buf[len - 1] != '\n')
|
|
|
2686 continue;
|
|
|
2687
|
|
|
2688 if (len >= 1 && buf[len - 1] == '\n') /* remove trailing NL */
|
|
|
2689 {
|
|
|
2690 #ifdef USE_CRNL
|
|
|
2691 has_cr = (len >= 2 && buf[len - 2] == '\r');
|
|
|
2692 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_UNKNOWN)
|
|
|
2693 {
|
|
|
2694 if (has_cr)
|
|
|
2695 sp->fileformat = EOL_DOS;
|
|
|
2696 else
|
|
|
2697 sp->fileformat = EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2698 }
|
|
|
2699
|
|
|
2700 if (sp->fileformat == EOL_DOS)
|
|
|
2701 {
|
|
|
2702 if (has_cr) /* replace trailing CR */
|
|
|
2703 {
|
|
|
2704 buf[len - 2] = '\n';
|
|
|
2705 --len;
|
|
|
2706 --ga.ga_len;
|
|
|
2707 ++ga.ga_room;
|
|
|
2708 }
|
|
|
2709 else /* lines like ":map xx yy^M" will have failed */
|
|
|
2710 {
|
|
|
2711 if (!sp->error)
|
|
|
2712 EMSG(_("W15: Warning: Wrong line separator, ^M may be missing"));
|
|
|
2713 sp->error = TRUE;
|
|
|
2714 sp->fileformat = EOL_UNIX;
|
|
|
2715 }
|
|
|
2716 }
|
|
|
2717 #endif
|
|
|
2718 /* The '\n' is escaped if there is an odd number of ^V's just
|
|
|
2719 * before it, first set "c" just before the 'V's and then check
|
|
|
2720 * len&c parities (is faster than ((len-c)%2 == 0)) -- Acevedo */
|
|
|
2721 for (c = len - 2; c >= 0 && buf[c] == Ctrl_V; c--)
|
|
|
2722 ;
|
|
|
2723 if ((len & 1) != (c & 1)) /* escaped NL, read more */
|
|
|
2724 {
|
|
|
2725 sourcing_lnum++;
|
|
|
2726 continue;
|
|
|
2727 }
|
|
|
2728
|
|
|
2729 buf[len - 1] = NUL; /* remove the NL */
|
|
|
2730 }
|
|
|
2731
|
|
|
2732 /*
|
|
|
2733 * Check for ^C here now and then, so recursive :so can be broken.
|
|
|
2734 */
|
|
|
2735 line_breakcheck();
|
|
|
2736 break;
|
|
|
2737 }
|
|
|
2738
|
|
|
2739 if (have_read)
|
|
|
2740 return (char_u *)ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
2742 vim_free(ga.ga_data);
|
|
|
2743 return NULL;
|
|
|
2744 }
|
|
|
2745
|
|
|
2746 /*
|
|
|
2747 * ":scriptencoding": Set encoding conversion for a sourced script.
|
|
|
2748 * Without the multi-byte feature it's simply ignored.
|
|
|
2749 */
|
|
|
2750 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
2751 void
|
|
|
2752 ex_scriptencoding(eap)
|
|
|
2753 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2754 {
|
|
|
2755 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
2756 struct source_cookie *sp;
|
|
|
2757 char_u *name;
|
|
|
2758
|
|
|
2759 if (!getline_equal(eap->getline, eap->cookie, getsourceline))
|
|
|
2760 {
|
|
|
2761 EMSG(_("E167: :scriptencoding used outside of a sourced file"));
|
|
|
2762 return;
|
|
|
2763 }
|
|
|
2764
|
|
|
2765 if (*eap->arg != NUL)
|
|
|
2766 {
|
|
|
2767 name = enc_canonize(eap->arg);
|
|
|
2768 if (name == NULL) /* out of memory */
|
|
|
2769 return;
|
|
|
2770 }
|
|
|
2771 else
|
|
|
2772 name = eap->arg;
|
|
|
2773
|
|
|
2774 /* Setup for conversion from the specified encoding to 'encoding'. */
|
|
|
2775 sp = (struct source_cookie *)getline_cookie(eap->getline, eap->cookie);
|
|
|
2776 convert_setup(&sp->conv, name, p_enc);
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 if (name != eap->arg)
|
|
|
2779 vim_free(name);
|
|
|
2780 #endif
|
|
|
2781 }
|
|
|
2782
|
|
|
2783 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2784 /*
|
|
|
2785 * ":finish": Mark a sourced file as finished.
|
|
|
2786 */
|
|
|
2787 void
|
|
|
2788 ex_finish(eap)
|
|
|
2789 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2790 {
|
|
|
2791 if (getline_equal(eap->getline, eap->cookie, getsourceline))
|
|
|
2792 do_finish(eap, FALSE);
|
|
|
2793 else
|
|
|
2794 EMSG(_("E168: :finish used outside of a sourced file"));
|
|
|
2795 }
|
|
|
2796
|
|
|
2797 /*
|
|
|
2798 * Mark a sourced file as finished. Possibly makes the ":finish" pending.
|
|
|
2799 * Also called for a pending finish at the ":endtry" or after returning from
|
|
|
2800 * an extra do_cmdline(). "reanimate" is used in the latter case.
|
|
|
2801 */
|
|
|
2802 void
|
|
|
2803 do_finish(eap, reanimate)
|
|
|
2804 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2805 int reanimate;
|
|
|
2806 {
|
|
|
2807 int idx;
|
|
|
2808
|
|
|
2809 if (reanimate)
|
|
|
2810 ((struct source_cookie *)getline_cookie(eap->getline,
|
|
|
2811 eap->cookie))->finished = FALSE;
|
|
|
2812
|
|
|
2813 /*
|
|
|
2814 * Cleanup (and inactivate) conditionals, but stop when a try conditional
|
|
|
2815 * not in its finally clause (which then is to be executed next) is found.
|
|
|
2816 * In this case, make the ":finish" pending for execution at the ":endtry".
|
|
|
2817 * Otherwise, finish normally.
|
|
|
2818 */
|
|
|
2819 idx = cleanup_conditionals(eap->cstack, 0, TRUE);
|
|
|
2820 if (idx >= 0)
|
|
|
2821 {
|
|
|
2822 eap->cstack->cs_pending[idx] = CSTP_FINISH;
|
|
|
2823 report_make_pending(CSTP_FINISH, NULL);
|
|
|
2824 }
|
|
|
2825 else
|
|
|
2826 ((struct source_cookie *)getline_cookie(eap->getline,
|
|
|
2827 eap->cookie))->finished = TRUE;
|
|
|
2828 }
|
|
|
2829
|
|
|
2830
|
|
|
2831 /*
|
|
|
2832 * Return TRUE when a sourced file had the ":finish" command: Don't give error
|
|
|
2833 * message for missing ":endif".
|
|
|
2834 * Return FALSE when not sourcing a file.
|
|
|
2835 */
|
|
|
2836 int
|
|
|
2837 source_finished(getline, cookie)
|
|
|
2838 char_u *(*getline) __ARGS((int, void *, int));
|
|
|
2839 void *cookie;
|
|
|
2840 {
|
|
|
2841 return (getline_equal(getline, cookie, getsourceline)
|
|
|
2842 && ((struct source_cookie *)getline_cookie(
|
|
|
2843 getline, cookie))->finished);
|
|
|
2844 }
|
|
|
2845 #endif
|
|
|
2846
|
|
|
2847 #if defined(FEAT_LISTCMDS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2848 /*
|
|
|
2849 * ":checktime [buffer]"
|
|
|
2850 */
|
|
|
2851 void
|
|
|
2852 ex_checktime(eap)
|
|
|
2853 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
2854 {
|
|
|
2855 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
2856 int save_no_check_timestamps = no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
2857
|
|
|
2858 no_check_timestamps = 0;
|
|
|
2859 if (eap->addr_count == 0) /* default is all buffers */
|
|
|
2860 check_timestamps(FALSE);
|
|
|
2861 else
|
|
|
2862 {
|
|
|
2863 buf = buflist_findnr((int)eap->line2);
|
|
|
2864 if (buf != NULL) /* cannot happen? */
|
|
|
2865 (void)buf_check_timestamp(buf, FALSE);
|
|
|
2866 }
|
|
|
2867 no_check_timestamps = save_no_check_timestamps;
|
|
|
2868 }
|
|
|
2869 #endif
|
|
|
2870
|
|
|
2871 #if defined(FEAT_PRINTER) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
2872 /*
|
|
|
2873 * Printing code (Machine-independent.)
|
|
|
2874 * To implement printing on a platform, the following functions must be
|
|
|
2875 * defined:
|
|
|
2876 *
|
|
|
2877 * int mch_print_init(prt_settings_T *psettings, char_u *jobname, int forceit)
|
|
|
2878 * Called once. Code should display printer dialogue (if appropriate) and
|
|
|
2879 * determine printer font and margin settings. Reset has_color if the printer
|
|
|
2880 * doesn't support colors at all.
|
|
|
2881 * Returns FAIL to abort.
|
|
|
2882 *
|
|
|
2883 * int mch_print_begin(prt_settings_T *settings)
|
|
|
2884 * Called to start the print job.
|
|
|
2885 * Return FALSE to abort.
|
|
|
2886 *
|
|
|
2887 * int mch_print_begin_page(char_u *msg)
|
|
|
2888 * Called at the start of each page.
|
|
|
2889 * "msg" indicates the progress of the print job, can be NULL.
|
|
|
2890 * Return FALSE to abort.
|
|
|
2891 *
|
|
|
2892 * int mch_print_end_page()
|
|
|
2893 * Called at the end of each page.
|
|
|
2894 * Return FALSE to abort.
|
|
|
2895 *
|
|
|
2896 * int mch_print_blank_page()
|
|
|
2897 * Called to generate a blank page for collated, duplex, multiple copy
|
|
|
2898 * document. Return FALSE to abort.
|
|
|
2899 *
|
|
|
2900 * void mch_print_end(prt_settings_T *psettings)
|
|
|
2901 * Called at normal end of print job.
|
|
|
2902 *
|
|
|
2903 * void mch_print_cleanup()
|
|
|
2904 * Called if print job ends normally or is abandoned. Free any memory, close
|
|
|
2905 * devices and handles. Also called when mch_print_begin() fails, but not
|
|
|
2906 * when mch_print_init() fails.
|
|
|
2907 *
|
|
|
2908 * void mch_print_set_font(int Bold, int Italic, int Underline);
|
|
|
2909 * Called whenever the font style changes.
|
|
|
2910 *
|
|
|
2911 * void mch_print_set_bg(long bgcol);
|
|
|
2912 * Called to set the background color for the following text. Parameter is an
|
|
|
2913 * RGB value.
|
|
|
2914 *
|
|
|
2915 * void mch_print_set_fg(long fgcol);
|
|
|
2916 * Called to set the foreground color for the following text. Parameter is an
|
|
|
2917 * RGB value.
|
|
|
2918 *
|
|
|
2919 * mch_print_start_line(int margin, int page_line)
|
|
|
2920 * Sets the current position at the start of line "page_line".
|
|
|
2921 * If margin is TRUE start in the left margin (for header and line number).
|
|
|
2922 *
|
|
|
2923 * int mch_print_text_out(char_u *p, int len);
|
|
|
2924 * Output one character of text p[len] at the current position.
|
|
|
2925 * Return TRUE if there is no room for another character in the same line.
|
|
|
2926 *
|
|
|
2927 * Note that the generic code has no idea of margins. The machine code should
|
|
|
2928 * simply make the page look smaller! The header and the line numbers are
|
|
|
2929 * printed in the margin.
|
|
|
2930 */
|
|
|
2931
|
|
|
2932 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2933 static const long_u cterm_color_8[8] =
|
|
|
2934 {
|
|
|
2935 (long_u)0x000000L, (long_u)0xff0000L, (long_u)0x00ff00L, (long_u)0xffff00L,
|
|
|
2936 (long_u)0x0000ffL, (long_u)0xff00ffL, (long_u)0x00ffffL, (long_u)0xffffffL
|
|
|
2937 };
|
|
|
2938
|
|
|
2939 static const long_u cterm_color_16[16] =
|
|
|
2940 {
|
|
|
2941 (long_u)0x000000L, (long_u)0x0000c0L, (long_u)0x008000L, (long_u)0x004080L,
|
|
|
2942 (long_u)0xc00000L, (long_u)0xc000c0L, (long_u)0x808000L, (long_u)0xc0c0c0L,
|
|
|
2943 (long_u)0x808080L, (long_u)0x6060ffL, (long_u)0x00ff00L, (long_u)0x00ffffL,
|
|
|
2944 (long_u)0xff8080L, (long_u)0xff40ffL, (long_u)0xffff00L, (long_u)0xffffffL
|
|
|
2945 };
|
|
|
2946
|
|
|
2947 static int current_syn_id;
|
|
|
2948 #endif
|
|
|
2949
|
|
|
2950 #define PRCOLOR_BLACK (long_u)0
|
|
|
2951 #define PRCOLOR_WHITE (long_u)0xFFFFFFL
|
|
|
2952
|
|
|
2953 static int curr_italic;
|
|
|
2954 static int curr_bold;
|
|
|
2955 static int curr_underline;
|
|
|
2956 static long_u curr_bg;
|
|
|
2957 static long_u curr_fg;
|
|
|
2958 static int page_count;
|
|
|
2959
|
|
|
2960 /*
|
|
|
2961 * These values determine the print position on a page.
|
|
|
2962 */
|
|
|
2963 typedef struct
|
|
|
2964 {
|
|
|
2965 int lead_spaces; /* remaining spaces for a TAB */
|
|
|
2966 int print_pos; /* virtual column for computing TABs */
|
|
|
2967 colnr_T column; /* byte column */
|
|
|
2968 linenr_T file_line; /* line nr in the buffer */
|
|
|
2969 long_u bytes_printed; /* bytes printed so far */
|
|
|
2970 int ff; /* seen form feed character */
|
|
|
2971 } prt_pos_T;
|
|
|
2972
|
|
|
2973 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2974 static long_u darken_rgb __ARGS((long_u rgb));
|
|
|
2975 static long_u prt_get_term_color __ARGS((int colorindex));
|
|
|
2976 #endif
|
|
|
2977 static void prt_set_fg __ARGS((long_u fg));
|
|
|
2978 static void prt_set_bg __ARGS((long_u bg));
|
|
|
2979 static void prt_set_font __ARGS((int bold, int italic, int underline));
|
|
|
2980 static void prt_line_number __ARGS((prt_settings_T *psettings, int page_line, linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2981 static void prt_header __ARGS((prt_settings_T *psettings, int pagenum, linenr_T lnum));
|
|
|
2982 static void prt_message __ARGS((char_u *s));
|
|
|
2983 static colnr_T hardcopy_line __ARGS((prt_settings_T *psettings, int page_line, prt_pos_T *ppos));
|
|
|
2984 static void prt_get_attr __ARGS((int hl_id, prt_text_attr_T* pattr, int modec));
|
|
|
2985
|
|
|
2986 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
2987 /*
|
|
|
2988 * If using a dark background, the colors will probably be too bright to show
|
|
|
2989 * up well on white paper, so reduce their brightness.
|
|
|
2990 */
|
|
|
2991 static long_u
|
|
|
2992 darken_rgb(rgb)
|
|
|
2993 long_u rgb;
|
|
|
2994 {
|
|
|
2995 return ((rgb >> 17) << 16)
|
|
|
2996 + (((rgb & 0xff00) >> 9) << 8)
|
|
|
2997 + ((rgb & 0xff) >> 1);
|
|
|
2998 }
|
|
|
2999
|
|
|
3000 static long_u
|
|
|
3001 prt_get_term_color(colorindex)
|
|
|
3002 int colorindex;
|
|
|
3003 {
|
|
|
3004 /* TODO: Should check for xterm with 88 or 256 colors. */
|
|
|
3005 if (t_colors > 8)
|
|
|
3006 return cterm_color_16[colorindex % 16];
|
|
|
3007 return cterm_color_8[colorindex % 8];
|
|
|
3008 }
|
|
|
3009
|
|
|
3010 static void
|
|
|
3011 prt_get_attr(hl_id, pattr, modec)
|
|
|
3012 int hl_id;
|
|
|
3013 prt_text_attr_T* pattr;
|
|
|
3014 int modec;
|
|
|
3015 {
|
|
|
3016 int colorindex;
|
|
|
3017 long_u fg_color;
|
|
|
3018 long_u bg_color;
|
|
|
3019 char *color;
|
|
|
3020
|
|
|
3021 pattr->bold = (highlight_has_attr(hl_id, HL_BOLD, modec) != NULL);
|
|
|
3022 pattr->italic = (highlight_has_attr(hl_id, HL_ITALIC, modec) != NULL);
|
|
|
3023 pattr->underline = (highlight_has_attr(hl_id, HL_UNDERLINE, modec) != NULL);
|
|
|
3024
|
|
|
3025 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3026 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3027 {
|
|
|
3028 bg_color = highlight_gui_color_rgb(hl_id, FALSE);
|
|
|
3029 if (bg_color == PRCOLOR_BLACK)
|
|
|
3030 bg_color = PRCOLOR_WHITE;
|
|
|
3031
|
|
|
3032 fg_color = highlight_gui_color_rgb(hl_id, TRUE);
|
|
|
3033 }
|
|
|
3034 else
|
|
|
3035 # endif
|
|
|
3036 {
|
|
|
3037 bg_color = PRCOLOR_WHITE;
|
|
|
3038
|
|
|
3039 color = (char *)highlight_color(hl_id, (char_u *)"fg", modec);
|
|
|
3040 if (color == NULL)
|
|
|
3041 colorindex = 0;
|
|
|
3042 else
|
|
|
3043 colorindex = atoi(color);
|
|
|
3044
|
|
|
3045 if (colorindex >= 0 && colorindex < t_colors)
|
|
|
3046 fg_color = prt_get_term_color(colorindex);
|
|
|
3047 else
|
|
|
3048 fg_color = PRCOLOR_BLACK;
|
|
|
3049 }
|
|
|
3050
|
|
|
3051 if (fg_color == PRCOLOR_WHITE)
|
|
|
3052 fg_color = PRCOLOR_BLACK;
|
|
|
3053 else if (*p_bg == 'd')
|
|
|
3054 fg_color = darken_rgb(fg_color);
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 pattr->fg_color = fg_color;
|
|
|
3057 pattr->bg_color = bg_color;
|
|
|
3058 }
|
|
|
3059 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
3060
|
|
|
3061 static void
|
|
|
3062 prt_set_fg(fg)
|
|
|
3063 long_u fg;
|
|
|
3064 {
|
|
|
3065 if (fg != curr_fg)
|
|
|
3066 {
|
|
|
3067 curr_fg = fg;
|
|
|
3068 mch_print_set_fg(fg);
|
|
|
3069 }
|
|
|
3070 }
|
|
|
3071
|
|
|
3072 static void
|
|
|
3073 prt_set_bg(bg)
|
|
|
3074 long_u bg;
|
|
|
3075 {
|
|
|
3076 if (bg != curr_bg)
|
|
|
3077 {
|
|
|
3078 curr_bg = bg;
|
|
|
3079 mch_print_set_bg(bg);
|
|
|
3080 }
|
|
|
3081 }
|
|
|
3082
|
|
|
3083 static void
|
|
|
3084 prt_set_font(bold, italic, underline)
|
|
|
3085 int bold;
|
|
|
3086 int italic;
|
|
|
3087 int underline;
|
|
|
3088 {
|
|
|
3089 if (curr_bold != bold
|
|
|
3090 || curr_italic != italic
|
|
|
3091 || curr_underline != underline)
|
|
|
3092 {
|
|
|
3093 curr_underline = underline;
|
|
|
3094 curr_italic = italic;
|
|
|
3095 curr_bold = bold;
|
|
|
3096 mch_print_set_font(bold, italic, underline);
|
|
|
3097 }
|
|
|
3098 }
|
|
|
3099
|
|
|
3100 /*
|
|
|
3101 * Print the line number in the left margin.
|
|
|
3102 */
|
|
|
3103 static void
|
|
|
3104 prt_line_number(psettings, page_line, lnum)
|
|
|
3105 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
3106 int page_line;
|
|
|
3107 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3108 {
|
|
|
3109 int i;
|
|
|
3110 char_u tbuf[20];
|
|
|
3111
|
|
|
3112 prt_set_fg(psettings->number.fg_color);
|
|
|
3113 prt_set_bg(psettings->number.bg_color);
|
|
|
3114 prt_set_font(psettings->number.bold, psettings->number.italic, psettings->number.underline);
|
|
|
3115 mch_print_start_line(TRUE, page_line);
|
|
|
3116
|
|
|
3117 /* Leave two spaces between the number and the text; depends on
|
|
|
3118 * PRINT_NUMBER_WIDTH. */
|
|
|
3119 sprintf((char *)tbuf, "%6ld", (long)lnum);
|
|
|
3120 for (i = 0; i < 6; i++)
|
|
|
3121 (void)mch_print_text_out(&tbuf[i], 1);
|
|
|
3122
|
|
|
3123 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3124 if (psettings->do_syntax)
|
|
|
3125 /* Set colors for next character. */
|
|
|
3126 current_syn_id = -1;
|
|
|
3127 else
|
|
|
3128 #endif
|
|
|
3129 {
|
|
|
3130 /* Set colors and font back to normal. */
|
|
|
3131 prt_set_fg(PRCOLOR_BLACK);
|
|
|
3132 prt_set_bg(PRCOLOR_WHITE);
|
|
|
3133 prt_set_font(FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3134 }
|
|
|
3135 }
|
|
|
3136
|
|
|
3137 static linenr_T printer_page_num;
|
|
|
3138
|
|
|
3139 int
|
|
|
3140 get_printer_page_num()
|
|
|
3141 {
|
|
|
3142 return printer_page_num;
|
|
|
3143 }
|
|
|
3144
|
|
|
3145 /*
|
|
|
3146 * Get the currently effective header height.
|
|
|
3147 */
|
|
|
3148 int
|
|
|
3149 prt_header_height()
|
|
|
3150 {
|
|
|
3151 if (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_HEADERHEIGHT].present)
|
|
|
3152 return printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_HEADERHEIGHT].number;
|
|
|
3153 return 2;
|
|
|
3154 }
|
|
|
3155
|
|
|
3156 /*
|
|
|
3157 * Return TRUE if using a line number for printing.
|
|
|
3158 */
|
|
|
3159 int
|
|
|
3160 prt_use_number()
|
|
|
3161 {
|
|
|
3162 return (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_NUMBER].present
|
|
|
3163 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_NUMBER].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
3164 }
|
|
|
3165
|
|
|
3166 /*
|
|
|
3167 * Return the unit used in a margin item in 'printoptions'.
|
|
|
3168 * Returns PRT_UNIT_NONE if not recognized.
|
|
|
3169 */
|
|
|
3170 int
|
|
|
3171 prt_get_unit(idx)
|
|
|
3172 int idx;
|
|
|
3173 {
|
|
|
3174 int u = PRT_UNIT_NONE;
|
|
|
3175 int i;
|
|
|
3176 static char *(units[4]) = PRT_UNIT_NAMES;
|
|
|
3177
|
|
|
3178 if (printer_opts[idx].present)
|
|
|
3179 for (i = 0; i < 4; ++i)
|
|
|
3180 if (STRNICMP(printer_opts[idx].string, units[i], 2) == 0)
|
|
|
3181 {
|
|
|
3182 u = i;
|
|
|
3183 break;
|
|
|
3184 }
|
|
|
3185 return u;
|
|
|
3186 }
|
|
|
3187
|
|
|
3188 /*
|
|
|
3189 * Print the page header.
|
|
|
3190 */
|
|
|
3191 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
3192 static void
|
|
|
3193 prt_header(psettings, pagenum, lnum)
|
|
|
3194 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
3195 int pagenum;
|
|
|
3196 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3197 {
|
|
|
3198 int width = psettings->chars_per_line;
|
|
|
3199 int page_line;
|
|
|
3200 char_u *tbuf;
|
|
|
3201 char_u *p;
|
|
|
3202 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3203 int l;
|
|
|
3204 #endif
|
|
|
3205
|
|
|
3206 /* Also use the space for the line number. */
|
|
|
3207 if (prt_use_number())
|
|
|
3208 width += PRINT_NUMBER_WIDTH;
|
|
|
3209
|
|
|
3210 tbuf = alloc(width + IOSIZE);
|
|
|
3211 if (tbuf == NULL)
|
|
|
3212 return;
|
|
|
3213
|
|
|
3214 #ifdef FEAT_STL_OPT
|
|
|
3215 if (*p_header != NUL)
|
|
|
3216 {
|
|
|
3217 linenr_T tmp_lnum, tmp_topline, tmp_botline;
|
|
|
3218
|
|
|
3219 /*
|
|
|
3220 * Need to (temporarily) set current line number and first/last line
|
|
|
3221 * number on the 'window'. Since we don't know how long the page is,
|
|
|
3222 * set the first and current line number to the top line, and guess
|
|
|
3223 * that the page length is 64.
|
|
|
3224 */
|
|
|
3225 tmp_lnum = curwin->w_cursor.lnum;
|
|
|
3226 tmp_topline = curwin->w_topline;
|
|
|
3227 tmp_botline = curwin->w_botline;
|
|
|
3228 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
|
3229 curwin->w_topline = lnum;
|
|
|
3230 curwin->w_botline = lnum + 63;
|
|
|
3231 printer_page_num = pagenum;
|
|
|
3232
|
|
|
3233 build_stl_str_hl(curwin, tbuf, (size_t)(width + IOSIZE),
|
|
|
3234 p_header, ' ', width, NULL);
|
|
|
3235
|
|
|
3236 /* Reset line numbers */
|
|
|
3237 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = tmp_lnum;
|
|
|
3238 curwin->w_topline = tmp_topline;
|
|
|
3239 curwin->w_botline = tmp_botline;
|
|
|
3240 }
|
|
|
3241 else
|
|
|
3242 #endif
|
|
|
3243 sprintf((char *)tbuf, _("Page %d"), pagenum);
|
|
|
3244
|
|
|
3245 prt_set_fg(PRCOLOR_BLACK);
|
|
|
3246 prt_set_bg(PRCOLOR_WHITE);
|
|
|
3247 prt_set_font(TRUE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3248
|
|
|
3249 /* Use a negative line number to indicate printing in the top margin. */
|
|
|
3250 page_line = 0 - prt_header_height();
|
|
|
3251 mch_print_start_line(TRUE, page_line);
|
|
|
3252 for (p = tbuf; *p != NUL; )
|
|
|
3253 {
|
|
|
3254 if (mch_print_text_out(p,
|
|
|
3255 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3256 (l = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(p))
|
|
|
3257 #else
|
|
|
3258 1
|
|
|
3259 #endif
|
|
|
3260 ))
|
|
|
3261 {
|
|
|
3262 ++page_line;
|
|
|
3263 if (page_line >= 0) /* out of room in header */
|
|
|
3264 break;
|
|
|
3265 mch_print_start_line(TRUE, page_line);
|
|
|
3266 }
|
|
|
3267 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3268 p += l;
|
|
|
3269 #else
|
|
|
3270 p++;
|
|
|
3271 #endif
|
|
|
3272 }
|
|
|
3273
|
|
|
3274 vim_free(tbuf);
|
|
|
3275
|
|
|
3276 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3277 if (psettings->do_syntax)
|
|
|
3278 /* Set colors for next character. */
|
|
|
3279 current_syn_id = -1;
|
|
|
3280 else
|
|
|
3281 #endif
|
|
|
3282 {
|
|
|
3283 /* Set colors and font back to normal. */
|
|
|
3284 prt_set_fg(PRCOLOR_BLACK);
|
|
|
3285 prt_set_bg(PRCOLOR_WHITE);
|
|
|
3286 prt_set_font(FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3287 }
|
|
|
3288 }
|
|
|
3289
|
|
|
3290 /*
|
|
|
3291 * Display a print status message.
|
|
|
3292 */
|
|
|
3293 static void
|
|
|
3294 prt_message(s)
|
|
|
3295 char_u *s;
|
|
|
3296 {
|
|
|
3297 screen_fill((int)Rows - 1, (int)Rows, 0, (int)Columns, ' ', ' ', 0);
|
|
|
3298 screen_puts(s, (int)Rows - 1, 0, hl_attr(HLF_R));
|
|
|
3299 out_flush();
|
|
|
3300 }
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 void
|
|
|
3303 ex_hardcopy(eap)
|
|
|
3304 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
3305 {
|
|
|
3306 linenr_T lnum;
|
|
|
3307 int collated_copies, uncollated_copies;
|
|
|
3308 prt_settings_T settings;
|
|
|
3309 long_u bytes_to_print = 0;
|
|
|
3310 int page_line;
|
|
|
3311 int jobsplit;
|
|
|
3312 int id;
|
|
|
3313
|
|
|
3314 memset(&settings, 0, sizeof(prt_settings_T));
|
|
|
3315 settings.has_color = TRUE;
|
|
|
3316
|
|
|
3317 # ifdef FEAT_POSTSCRIPT
|
|
|
3318 if (*eap->arg == '>')
|
|
|
3319 {
|
|
|
3320 char_u *errormsg = NULL;
|
|
|
3321
|
|
|
3322 /* Expand things like "%.ps". */
|
|
|
3323 if (expand_filename(eap, eap->cmdlinep, &errormsg) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3324 {
|
|
|
3325 if (errormsg != NULL)
|
|
|
3326 EMSG(errormsg);
|
|
|
3327 return;
|
|
|
3328 }
|
|
|
3329 settings.outfile = skipwhite(eap->arg + 1);
|
|
|
3330 }
|
|
|
3331 else if (*eap->arg != NUL)
|
|
|
3332 settings.arguments = eap->arg;
|
|
|
3333 # endif
|
|
|
3334
|
|
|
3335 /*
|
|
|
3336 * Initialise for printing. Ask the user for settings, unless forceit is
|
|
|
3337 * set.
|
|
|
3338 * The mch_print_init() code should set up margins if applicable. (It may
|
|
|
3339 * not be a real printer - for example the engine might generate HTML or
|
|
|
3340 * PS.)
|
|
|
3341 */
|
|
|
3342 if (mch_print_init(&settings,
|
|
|
3343 curbuf->b_fname == NULL
|
|
|
3344 ? (char_u *)buf_spname(curbuf)
|
|
|
3345 : curbuf->b_sfname == NULL
|
|
|
3346 ? curbuf->b_fname
|
|
|
3347 : curbuf->b_sfname,
|
|
|
3348 eap->forceit) == FAIL)
|
|
|
3349 return;
|
|
|
3350
|
|
|
3351 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3352 # ifdef FEAT_GUI
|
|
|
3353 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
3354 settings.modec = 'g';
|
|
|
3355 else
|
|
|
3356 # endif
|
|
|
3357 if (t_colors > 1)
|
|
|
3358 settings.modec = 'c';
|
|
|
3359 else
|
|
|
3360 settings.modec = 't';
|
|
|
3361
|
|
|
3362 if (!syntax_present(curbuf))
|
|
|
3363 settings.do_syntax = FALSE;
|
|
|
3364 else if (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_SYNTAX].present
|
|
|
3365 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_SYNTAX].string[0]) != 'a')
|
|
|
3366 settings.do_syntax =
|
|
|
3367 (TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_SYNTAX].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
3368 else
|
|
|
3369 settings.do_syntax = settings.has_color;
|
|
|
3370 #endif
|
|
|
3371
|
|
|
3372 /* Set up printing attributes for line numbers */
|
|
|
3373 settings.number.fg_color = PRCOLOR_BLACK;
|
|
|
3374 settings.number.bg_color = PRCOLOR_WHITE;
|
|
|
3375 settings.number.bold = FALSE;
|
|
|
3376 settings.number.italic = TRUE;
|
|
|
3377 settings.number.underline = FALSE;
|
|
|
3378 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3379 /*
|
|
|
3380 * Syntax highlighting of line numbers.
|
|
|
3381 */
|
|
|
3382 if (prt_use_number() && settings.do_syntax)
|
|
|
3383 {
|
|
|
3384 id = syn_name2id((char_u *)"LineNr");
|
|
|
3385 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
3386 id = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
3387
|
|
|
3388 prt_get_attr(id, &settings.number, settings.modec);
|
|
|
3389 }
|
|
|
3390 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
3391
|
|
|
3392 /*
|
|
|
3393 * Estimate the total lines to be printed
|
|
|
3394 */
|
|
|
3395 for (lnum = eap->line1; lnum <= eap->line2; lnum++)
|
|
|
3396 bytes_to_print += (long_u)STRLEN(skipwhite(ml_get(lnum)));
|
|
|
3397 if (bytes_to_print == 0)
|
|
|
3398 {
|
|
|
3399 MSG(_("No text to be printed"));
|
|
|
3400 goto print_fail_no_begin;
|
|
|
3401 }
|
|
|
3402
|
|
|
3403 /* Set colors and font to normal. */
|
|
|
3404 curr_bg = (long_u)0xffffffffL;
|
|
|
3405 curr_fg = (long_u)0xffffffffL;
|
|
|
3406 curr_italic = MAYBE;
|
|
|
3407 curr_bold = MAYBE;
|
|
|
3408 curr_underline = MAYBE;
|
|
|
3409
|
|
|
3410 prt_set_fg(PRCOLOR_BLACK);
|
|
|
3411 prt_set_bg(PRCOLOR_WHITE);
|
|
|
3412 prt_set_font(FALSE, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
|
3413 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3414 current_syn_id = -1;
|
|
|
3415 #endif
|
|
|
3416
|
|
|
3417 jobsplit = (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_JOBSPLIT].present
|
|
|
3418 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_JOBSPLIT].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
3419
|
|
|
3420 if (!mch_print_begin(&settings))
|
|
|
3421 goto print_fail_no_begin;
|
|
|
3422
|
|
|
3423 /*
|
|
|
3424 * Loop over collated copies: 1 2 3, 1 2 3, ...
|
|
|
3425 */
|
|
|
3426 page_count = 0;
|
|
|
3427 for (collated_copies = 0;
|
|
|
3428 collated_copies < settings.n_collated_copies;
|
|
|
3429 collated_copies++)
|
|
|
3430 {
|
|
|
3431 prt_pos_T prtpos; /* current print position */
|
|
|
3432 prt_pos_T page_prtpos; /* print position at page start */
|
|
|
3433 int side;
|
|
|
3434
|
|
|
3435 memset(&page_prtpos, 0, sizeof(prt_pos_T));
|
|
|
3436 page_prtpos.file_line = eap->line1;
|
|
|
3437 prtpos = page_prtpos;
|
|
|
3438
|
|
|
3439 if (jobsplit && collated_copies > 0)
|
|
|
3440 {
|
|
|
3441 /* Splitting jobs: Stop a previous job and start a new one. */
|
|
|
3442 mch_print_end(&settings);
|
|
|
3443 if (!mch_print_begin(&settings))
|
|
|
3444 goto print_fail_no_begin;
|
|
|
3445 }
|
|
|
3446
|
|
|
3447 /*
|
|
|
3448 * Loop over all pages in the print job: 1 2 3 ...
|
|
|
3449 */
|
|
|
3450 for (page_count = 0; prtpos.file_line <= eap->line2; ++page_count)
|
|
|
3451 {
|
|
|
3452 /*
|
|
|
3453 * Loop over uncollated copies: 1 1 1, 2 2 2, 3 3 3, ...
|
|
|
3454 * For duplex: 12 12 12 34 34 34, ...
|
|
|
3455 */
|
|
|
3456 for (uncollated_copies = 0;
|
|
|
3457 uncollated_copies < settings.n_uncollated_copies;
|
|
|
3458 uncollated_copies++)
|
|
|
3459 {
|
|
|
3460 /* Set the print position to the start of this page. */
|
|
|
3461 prtpos = page_prtpos;
|
|
|
3462
|
|
|
3463 /*
|
|
|
3464 * Do front and rear side of a page.
|
|
|
3465 */
|
|
|
3466 for (side = 0; side <= settings.duplex; ++side)
|
|
|
3467 {
|
|
|
3468 /*
|
|
|
3469 * Print one page.
|
|
|
3470 */
|
|
|
3471
|
|
|
3472 /* Check for interrupt character every page. */
|
|
|
3473 ui_breakcheck();
|
|
|
3474 if (got_int || settings.user_abort)
|
|
|
3475 goto print_fail;
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Printing page %d (%d%%)"),
|
|
|
3478 page_count + 1 + side,
|
|
|
3479 prtpos.bytes_printed > 1000000
|
|
|
3480 ? (int)(prtpos.bytes_printed /
|
|
|
3481 (bytes_to_print / 100))
|
|
|
3482 : (int)((prtpos.bytes_printed * 100)
|
|
|
3483 / bytes_to_print));
|
|
|
3484 if (!mch_print_begin_page(IObuff))
|
|
|
3485 goto print_fail;
|
|
|
3486
|
|
|
3487 if (settings.n_collated_copies > 1)
|
|
|
3488 sprintf((char *)IObuff + STRLEN(IObuff),
|
|
|
3489 _(" Copy %d of %d"),
|
|
|
3490 collated_copies + 1,
|
|
|
3491 settings.n_collated_copies);
|
|
|
3492 prt_message(IObuff);
|
|
|
3493
|
|
|
3494 /*
|
|
|
3495 * Output header if required
|
|
|
3496 */
|
|
|
3497 if (prt_header_height() > 0)
|
|
|
3498 prt_header(&settings, page_count + 1 + side,
|
|
|
3499 prtpos.file_line);
|
|
|
3500
|
|
|
3501 for (page_line = 0; page_line < settings.lines_per_page;
|
|
|
3502 ++page_line)
|
|
|
3503 {
|
|
|
3504 prtpos.column = hardcopy_line(&settings,
|
|
|
3505 page_line, &prtpos);
|
|
|
3506 if (prtpos.column == 0)
|
|
|
3507 {
|
|
|
3508 /* finished a file line */
|
|
|
3509 prtpos.bytes_printed +=
|
|
|
3510 STRLEN(skipwhite(ml_get(prtpos.file_line)));
|
|
|
3511 if (++prtpos.file_line > eap->line2)
|
|
|
3512 break; /* reached the end */
|
|
|
3513 }
|
|
|
3514 else if (prtpos.ff)
|
|
|
3515 {
|
|
|
3516 /* Line had a formfeed in it - start new page but
|
|
|
3517 * stay on the current line */
|
|
|
3518 break;
|
|
|
3519 }
|
|
|
3520 }
|
|
|
3521
|
|
|
3522 if (!mch_print_end_page())
|
|
|
3523 goto print_fail;
|
|
|
3524 if (prtpos.file_line > eap->line2)
|
|
|
3525 break; /* reached the end */
|
|
|
3526 }
|
|
|
3527
|
|
|
3528 /*
|
|
|
3529 * Extra blank page for duplexing with odd number of pages and
|
|
|
3530 * more copies to come.
|
|
|
3531 */
|
|
|
3532 if (prtpos.file_line > eap->line2 && settings.duplex
|
|
|
3533 && side == 0
|
|
|
3534 && uncollated_copies + 1 < settings.n_uncollated_copies)
|
|
|
3535 {
|
|
|
3536 if (!mch_print_blank_page())
|
|
|
3537 goto print_fail;
|
|
|
3538 }
|
|
|
3539 }
|
|
|
3540 if (settings.duplex && prtpos.file_line <= eap->line2)
|
|
|
3541 ++page_count;
|
|
|
3542
|
|
|
3543 /* Remember the position where the next page starts. */
|
|
|
3544 page_prtpos = prtpos;
|
|
|
3545 }
|
|
|
3546
|
|
|
3547 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Printed: %s"), settings.jobname);
|
|
|
3548 prt_message(IObuff);
|
|
|
3549 }
|
|
|
3550
|
|
|
3551 print_fail:
|
|
|
3552 if (got_int || settings.user_abort)
|
|
|
3553 {
|
|
|
3554 sprintf((char *)IObuff, _("Printing aborted"));
|
|
|
3555 prt_message(IObuff);
|
|
|
3556 }
|
|
|
3557 mch_print_end(&settings);
|
|
|
3558
|
|
|
3559 print_fail_no_begin:
|
|
|
3560 mch_print_cleanup();
|
|
|
3561 }
|
|
|
3562
|
|
|
3563 /*
|
|
|
3564 * Print one page line.
|
|
|
3565 * Return the next column to print, or zero if the line is finished.
|
|
|
3566 */
|
|
|
3567 static colnr_T
|
|
|
3568 hardcopy_line(psettings, page_line, ppos)
|
|
|
3569 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
3570 int page_line;
|
|
|
3571 prt_pos_T *ppos;
|
|
|
3572 {
|
|
|
3573 colnr_T col;
|
|
|
3574 char_u *line;
|
|
|
3575 int need_break = FALSE;
|
|
|
3576 int outputlen;
|
|
|
3577 int tab_spaces;
|
|
|
3578 long_u print_pos;
|
|
|
3579 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3580 prt_text_attr_T attr;
|
|
|
3581 int id;
|
|
|
3582 #endif
|
|
|
3583
|
|
|
3584 if (ppos->column == 0 || ppos->ff)
|
|
|
3585 {
|
|
|
3586 print_pos = 0;
|
|
|
3587 tab_spaces = 0;
|
|
|
3588 if (!ppos->ff && prt_use_number())
|
|
|
3589 prt_line_number(psettings, page_line, ppos->file_line);
|
|
|
3590 ppos->ff = FALSE;
|
|
|
3591 }
|
|
|
3592 else
|
|
|
3593 {
|
|
|
3594 /* left over from wrap halfway a tab */
|
|
|
3595 print_pos = ppos->print_pos;
|
|
|
3596 tab_spaces = ppos->lead_spaces;
|
|
|
3597 }
|
|
|
3598
|
|
|
3599 mch_print_start_line(0, page_line);
|
|
|
3600 line = ml_get(ppos->file_line);
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 /*
|
|
|
3603 * Loop over the columns until the end of the file line or right margin.
|
|
|
3604 */
|
|
|
3605 for (col = ppos->column; line[col] != NUL && !need_break; col += outputlen)
|
|
|
3606 {
|
|
|
3607 outputlen = 1;
|
|
|
3608 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3609 if (has_mbyte && (outputlen = (*mb_ptr2len_check)(line + col)) < 1)
|
|
|
3610 outputlen = 1;
|
|
|
3611 #endif
|
|
|
3612 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
3613 /*
|
|
|
3614 * syntax highlighting stuff.
|
|
|
3615 */
|
|
|
3616 if (psettings->do_syntax)
|
|
|
3617 {
|
|
|
3618 id = syn_get_id(ppos->file_line, (long)col, 1);
|
|
|
3619 if (id > 0)
|
|
|
3620 id = syn_get_final_id(id);
|
|
|
3621 else
|
|
|
3622 id = 0;
|
|
|
3623 /* Get the line again, a multi-line regexp may invalidate it. */
|
|
|
3624 line = ml_get(ppos->file_line);
|
|
|
3625
|
|
|
3626 if (id != current_syn_id)
|
|
|
3627 {
|
|
|
3628 current_syn_id = id;
|
|
|
3629 prt_get_attr(id, &attr, psettings->modec);
|
|
|
3630 prt_set_font(attr.bold, attr.italic, attr.underline);
|
|
|
3631 prt_set_fg(attr.fg_color);
|
|
|
3632 prt_set_bg(attr.bg_color);
|
|
|
3633 }
|
|
|
3634 }
|
|
|
3635 #endif /* FEAT_SYN_HL */
|
|
|
3636
|
|
|
3637 /*
|
|
|
3638 * Appropriately expand any tabs to spaces.
|
|
|
3639 */
|
|
|
3640 if (line[col] == TAB || tab_spaces != 0)
|
|
|
3641 {
|
|
|
3642 if (tab_spaces == 0)
|
|
|
3643 tab_spaces = curbuf->b_p_ts - (print_pos % curbuf->b_p_ts);
|
|
|
3644
|
|
|
3645 while (tab_spaces > 0)
|
|
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 need_break = mch_print_text_out((char_u *)" ", 1);
|
|
|
3648 print_pos++;
|
|
|
3649 tab_spaces--;
|
|
|
3650 if (need_break)
|
|
|
3651 break;
|
|
|
3652 }
|
|
|
3653 /* Keep the TAB if we didn't finish it. */
|
|
|
3654 if (need_break && tab_spaces > 0)
|
|
|
3655 break;
|
|
|
3656 }
|
|
|
3657 else if (line[col] == FF
|
|
|
3658 && printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_FORMFEED].present
|
|
|
3659 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_FORMFEED].string[0])
|
|
|
3660 == 'y')
|
|
|
3661 {
|
|
|
3662 ppos->ff = TRUE;
|
|
|
3663 need_break = 1;
|
|
|
3664 }
|
|
|
3665 else
|
|
|
3666 {
|
|
|
3667 need_break = mch_print_text_out(line + col, outputlen);
|
|
|
3668 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3669 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3670 print_pos += (*mb_ptr2cells)(line + col);
|
|
|
3671 else
|
|
|
3672 #endif
|
|
|
3673 print_pos++;
|
|
|
3674 }
|
|
|
3675 }
|
|
|
3676
|
|
|
3677 ppos->lead_spaces = tab_spaces;
|
|
|
3678 ppos->print_pos = print_pos;
|
|
|
3679
|
|
|
3680 /*
|
|
|
3681 * Start next line of file if we clip lines, or have reached end of the
|
|
|
3682 * line, unless we are doing a formfeed.
|
|
|
3683 */
|
|
|
3684 if (!ppos->ff
|
|
|
3685 && (line[col] == NUL
|
|
|
3686 || (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_WRAP].present
|
|
|
3687 && TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_WRAP].string[0])
|
|
|
3688 == 'n')))
|
|
|
3689 return 0;
|
|
|
3690 return col;
|
|
|
3691 }
|
|
|
3692
|
|
|
3693 # if defined(FEAT_POSTSCRIPT) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
3694
|
|
|
3695 /*
|
|
|
3696 * PS printer stuff.
|
|
|
3697 *
|
|
|
3698 * Sources of information to help maintain the PS printing code:
|
|
|
3699 *
|
|
|
3700 * 1. PostScript Language Reference, 3rd Edition,
|
|
|
3701 * Addison-Wesley, 1999, ISBN 0-201-37922-8
|
|
|
3702 * 2. PostScript Language Program Design,
|
|
|
3703 * Addison-Wesley, 1988, ISBN 0-201-14396-8
|
|
|
3704 * 3. PostScript Tutorial and Cookbook,
|
|
|
3705 * Addison Wesley, 1985, ISBN 0-201-10179-3
|
|
|
3706 * 4. PostScript Language Document Structuring Conventions Specification,
|
|
|
3707 * version 3.0,
|
|
|
3708 * Adobe Technote 5001, 25th September 1992
|
|
|
3709 * 5. PostScript Printer Description File Format Specification, Version 4.3,
|
|
|
3710 * Adobe technote 5003, 9th February 1996
|
|
|
3711 * 6. Adobe Font Metrics File Format Specification, Version 4.1,
|
|
|
3712 * Adobe Technote 5007, 7th October 1998
|
|
|
3713 *
|
|
|
3714 * Some of these documents can be found in PDF form on Adobe's web site -
|
|
|
3715 * http://www.adobe.com
|
|
|
3716 */
|
|
|
3717
|
|
|
3718 #define PRT_PS_DEFAULT_DPI (72) /* Default user space resolution */
|
|
|
3719 #define PRT_PS_DEFAULT_FONTSIZE (10)
|
|
|
3720 #define PRT_PS_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE (80)
|
|
|
3721
|
|
|
3722 struct prt_mediasize_S
|
|
|
3723 {
|
|
|
3724 char *name;
|
|
|
3725 float width; /* width and height in points for portrait */
|
|
|
3726 float height;
|
|
|
3727 };
|
|
|
3728
|
|
|
3729 #define PRT_MEDIASIZE_LEN (sizeof(prt_mediasize) / sizeof(struct prt_mediasize_S))
|
|
|
3730
|
|
|
3731 static struct prt_mediasize_S prt_mediasize[] =
|
|
|
3732 {
|
|
|
3733 {"A4", 595.0, 842.0},
|
|
|
3734 {"letter", 612.0, 792.0},
|
|
|
3735 {"10x14", 720.0, 1008.0},
|
|
|
3736 {"A3", 842.0, 1191.0},
|
|
|
3737 {"A5", 420.0, 595.0},
|
|
|
3738 {"B4", 729.0, 1032.0},
|
|
|
3739 {"B5", 516.0, 729.0},
|
|
|
3740 {"executive", 522.0, 756.0},
|
|
|
3741 {"folio", 595.0, 935.0},
|
|
|
3742 {"ledger", 1224.0, 792.0}, /* Yes, it is wider than taller! */
|
|
|
3743 {"legal", 612.0, 1008.0},
|
|
|
3744 {"quarto", 610.0, 780.0},
|
|
|
3745 {"statement", 396.0, 612.0},
|
|
|
3746 {"tabloid", 792.0, 1224.0}
|
|
|
3747 };
|
|
|
3748
|
|
|
3749 /* PS font names, must be in Roman, Bold, Italic, Bold-Italic order */
|
|
|
3750 struct prt_ps_font_S
|
|
|
3751 {
|
|
|
3752 int wx;
|
|
|
3753 int uline_offset;
|
|
|
3754 int uline_width;
|
|
|
3755 int bbox_min_y;
|
|
|
3756 int bbox_max_y;
|
|
|
3757 char *(ps_fontname[4]);
|
|
|
3758 };
|
|
|
3759
|
|
|
3760 #define PRT_PS_FONT_ROMAN (0)
|
|
|
3761 #define PRT_PS_FONT_BOLD (1)
|
|
|
3762 #define PRT_PS_FONT_OBLIQUE (2)
|
|
|
3763 #define PRT_PS_FONT_BOLDOBLIQUE (3)
|
|
|
3764
|
|
|
3765 static struct prt_ps_font_S prt_ps_font =
|
|
|
3766 {
|
|
|
3767 600,
|
|
|
3768 -100, 50,
|
|
|
3769 -250, 805,
|
|
|
3770 {"Courier", "Courier-Bold", "Courier-Oblique", "Courier-BoldOblique"}
|
|
|
3771 };
|
|
|
3772
|
|
|
3773 struct prt_ps_resource_S
|
|
|
3774 {
|
|
|
3775 char_u name[64];
|
|
|
3776 char_u filename[MAXPATHL + 1];
|
|
|
3777 int type;
|
|
|
3778 char_u title[256];
|
|
|
3779 char_u version[256];
|
|
|
3780 };
|
|
|
3781
|
|
|
3782 /* Types of PS resource file currently used */
|
|
|
3783 #define PRT_RESOURCE_TYPE_PROCSET (0)
|
|
|
3784 #define PRT_RESOURCE_TYPE_ENCODING (1)
|
|
|
3785
|
|
|
3786 /* The PS prolog file version number has to match - if the prolog file is
|
|
|
3787 * updated, increment the number in the file and here. Version checking was
|
|
|
3788 * added as of VIM 6.2.
|
|
|
3789 * Table of VIM and prolog versions:
|
|
|
3790 *
|
|
|
3791 * VIM Prolog
|
|
|
3792 * 6.2 1.3
|
|
|
3793 */
|
|
|
3794 #define PRT_PROLOG_VERSION ((char_u *)"1.3")
|
|
|
3795
|
|
|
3796 /* String versions of PS resource types - indexed by constants above so don't
|
|
|
3797 * re-order!
|
|
|
3798 */
|
|
|
3799 static char *resource_types[] =
|
|
|
3800 {
|
|
|
3801 "procset",
|
|
|
3802 "encoding"
|
|
|
3803 };
|
|
|
3804
|
|
|
3805 /* Strings to look for in a PS resource file */
|
|
|
3806 #define PRT_RESOURCE_HEADER "%!PS-Adobe-"
|
|
|
3807 #define PRT_RESOURCE_RESOURCE "Resource-"
|
|
|
3808 #define PRT_RESOURCE_PROCSET "ProcSet"
|
|
|
3809 #define PRT_RESOURCE_ENCODING "Encoding"
|
|
|
3810 #define PRT_RESOURCE_TITLE "%%Title:"
|
|
|
3811 #define PRT_RESOURCE_VERSION "%%Version:"
|
|
|
3812
|
|
|
3813 static void prt_write_file_raw_len __ARGS((char_u *buffer, int bytes));
|
|
|
3814 static void prt_write_file __ARGS((char_u *buffer));
|
|
|
3815 static void prt_write_file_len __ARGS((char_u *buffer, int bytes));
|
|
|
3816 static void prt_write_string __ARGS((char *s));
|
|
|
3817 static void prt_write_int __ARGS((int i));
|
|
|
3818 static void prt_write_boolean __ARGS((int b));
|
|
|
3819 static void prt_def_font __ARGS((char *new_name, char *encoding, int height, char *font));
|
|
|
3820 static void prt_real_bits __ARGS((double real, int precision, int *pinteger, int *pfraction));
|
|
|
3821 static void prt_write_real __ARGS((double val, int prec));
|
|
|
3822 static void prt_def_var __ARGS((char *name, double value, int prec));
|
|
|
3823 static void prt_flush_buffer __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3824 static void prt_resource_name __ARGS((char_u *filename));
|
|
|
3825 static int prt_find_resource __ARGS((char *name, struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource));
|
|
|
3826 static int prt_open_resource __ARGS((struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource));
|
|
|
3827 static int prt_check_resource __ARGS((struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource, char_u *version));
|
|
|
3828 static void prt_dsc_start __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3829 static void prt_dsc_noarg __ARGS((char *comment));
|
|
|
3830 static void prt_dsc_textline __ARGS((char *comment, char *text));
|
|
|
3831 static void prt_dsc_text __ARGS((char *comment, char *text));
|
|
|
3832 static void prt_dsc_ints __ARGS((char *comment, int count, int *ints));
|
|
|
3833 static void prt_dsc_requirements __ARGS((int duplex, int tumble, int collate, int color, int num_copies));
|
|
|
3834 static void prt_dsc_docmedia __ARGS((char *paper_name, double width, double height, double weight, char *colour, char *type));
|
|
|
3835 static void prt_dsc_resources __ARGS((char *comment, char *type, int count, char **strings));
|
|
|
3836 static float to_device_units __ARGS((int idx, double physsize, int def_number));
|
|
|
3837 static void prt_page_margins __ARGS((double width, double height, double *left, double *right, double *top, double *bottom));
|
|
|
3838 static void prt_font_metrics __ARGS((int font_scale));
|
|
|
3839 static int prt_get_cpl __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3840 static int prt_get_lpp __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
3841 static int prt_add_resource __ARGS((struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource));
|
|
|
3842
|
|
|
3843 /*
|
|
|
3844 * Variables for the output PostScript file.
|
|
|
3845 */
|
|
|
3846 static FILE *prt_ps_fd;
|
|
|
3847 static int prt_file_error;
|
|
|
3848 static char_u *prt_ps_file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
3849
|
|
|
3850 /*
|
|
|
3851 * Various offsets and dimensions in default PostScript user space (points).
|
|
|
3852 * Used for text positioning calculations
|
|
|
3853 */
|
|
|
3854 static float prt_page_width;
|
|
|
3855 static float prt_page_height;
|
|
|
3856 static float prt_left_margin;
|
|
|
3857 static float prt_right_margin;
|
|
|
3858 static float prt_top_margin;
|
|
|
3859 static float prt_bottom_margin;
|
|
|
3860 static float prt_line_height;
|
|
|
3861 static float prt_first_line_height;
|
|
|
3862 static float prt_char_width;
|
|
|
3863 static float prt_number_width;
|
|
|
3864 static float prt_bgcol_offset;
|
|
|
3865 static float prt_pos_x_moveto = 0.0;
|
|
|
3866 static float prt_pos_y_moveto = 0.0;
|
|
|
3867
|
|
|
3868 /*
|
|
|
3869 * Various control variables used to decide when and how to change the
|
|
|
3870 * PostScript graphics state.
|
|
|
3871 */
|
|
|
3872 static int prt_need_moveto;
|
|
|
3873 static int prt_do_moveto;
|
|
|
3874 static int prt_need_font;
|
|
|
3875 static int prt_font;
|
|
|
3876 static int prt_need_underline;
|
|
|
3877 static int prt_underline;
|
|
|
3878 static int prt_do_underline;
|
|
|
3879 static int prt_need_fgcol;
|
|
|
3880 static int prt_fgcol;
|
|
|
3881 static int prt_need_bgcol;
|
|
|
3882 static int prt_do_bgcol;
|
|
|
3883 static int prt_bgcol;
|
|
|
3884 static int prt_new_bgcol;
|
|
|
3885 static int prt_attribute_change;
|
|
|
3886 static int prt_text_count;
|
|
|
3887 static int prt_page_num;
|
|
|
3888
|
|
|
3889 /*
|
|
|
3890 * Variables controlling physical printing.
|
|
|
3891 */
|
|
|
3892 static int prt_media;
|
|
|
3893 static int prt_portrait;
|
|
|
3894 static int prt_num_copies;
|
|
|
3895 static int prt_duplex;
|
|
|
3896 static int prt_tumble;
|
|
|
3897 static int prt_collate;
|
|
|
3898
|
|
|
3899 /*
|
|
|
3900 * Buffers used when generating PostScript output
|
|
|
3901 */
|
|
|
3902 static char_u prt_line_buffer[257];
|
|
|
3903 static garray_T prt_ps_buffer;
|
|
|
3904
|
|
|
3905 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3906 static int prt_do_conv;
|
|
|
3907 static vimconv_T prt_conv;
|
|
|
3908 # endif
|
|
|
3909
|
|
|
3910 static void
|
|
|
3911 prt_write_file_raw_len(buffer, bytes)
|
|
|
3912 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
3913 int bytes;
|
|
|
3914 {
|
|
|
3915 if (!prt_file_error
|
|
|
3916 && fwrite(buffer, sizeof(char_u), bytes, prt_ps_fd)
|
|
|
3917 != (size_t)bytes)
|
|
|
3918 {
|
|
|
3919 EMSG(_("E455: Error writing to PostScript output file"));
|
|
|
3920 prt_file_error = TRUE;
|
|
|
3921 }
|
|
|
3922 }
|
|
|
3923
|
|
|
3924 static void
|
|
|
3925 prt_write_file(buffer)
|
|
|
3926 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
3927 {
|
|
|
3928 prt_write_file_len(buffer, STRLEN(buffer));
|
|
|
3929 }
|
|
|
3930
|
|
|
3931 static void
|
|
|
3932 prt_write_file_len(buffer, bytes)
|
|
|
3933 char_u *buffer;
|
|
|
3934 int bytes;
|
|
|
3935 {
|
|
|
3936 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
3937 ebcdic2ascii(buffer, bytes);
|
|
|
3938 #endif
|
|
|
3939 prt_write_file_raw_len(buffer, bytes);
|
|
|
3940 }
|
|
|
3941
|
|
|
3942 /*
|
|
|
3943 * Write a string.
|
|
|
3944 */
|
|
|
3945 static void
|
|
|
3946 prt_write_string(s)
|
|
|
3947 char *s;
|
|
|
3948 {
|
|
|
3949 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%s", s);
|
|
|
3950 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3951 }
|
|
|
3952
|
|
|
3953 /*
|
|
|
3954 * Write an int and a space.
|
|
|
3955 */
|
|
|
3956 static void
|
|
|
3957 prt_write_int(i)
|
|
|
3958 int i;
|
|
|
3959 {
|
|
|
3960 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%d ", i);
|
|
|
3961 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3962 }
|
|
|
3963
|
|
|
3964 /*
|
|
|
3965 * Write a boolean and a space.
|
|
|
3966 */
|
|
|
3967 static void
|
|
|
3968 prt_write_boolean(b)
|
|
|
3969 int b;
|
|
|
3970 {
|
|
|
3971 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%s ", (b ? "T" : "F"));
|
|
|
3972 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3973 }
|
|
|
3974
|
|
|
3975 /*
|
|
|
3976 * Write a line to define the font.
|
|
|
3977 */
|
|
|
3978 static void
|
|
|
3979 prt_def_font(new_name, encoding, height, font)
|
|
|
3980 char *new_name;
|
|
|
3981 char *encoding;
|
|
|
3982 int height;
|
|
|
3983 char *font;
|
|
|
3984 {
|
|
|
3985 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "/_%s /VIM-%s /%s ref\n", new_name, encoding, font);
|
|
|
3986 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3987 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "/%s %d /_%s ffs\n",
|
|
|
3988 new_name, height, new_name);
|
|
|
3989 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
3990 }
|
|
|
3991
|
|
|
3992 /*
|
|
|
3993 * Convert a real value into an integer and fractional part as integers, with
|
|
|
3994 * the fractional part being in the range [0,10^precision). The fractional part
|
|
|
3995 * is also rounded based on the precision + 1'th fractional digit.
|
|
|
3996 */
|
|
|
3997 static void
|
|
|
3998 prt_real_bits(real, precision, pinteger, pfraction)
|
|
|
3999 double real;
|
|
|
4000 int precision;
|
|
|
4001 int *pinteger;
|
|
|
4002 int *pfraction;
|
|
|
4003 {
|
|
|
4004 int i;
|
|
|
4005 int integer;
|
|
|
4006 float fraction;
|
|
|
4007
|
|
|
4008 integer = (int)real;
|
|
|
4009 fraction = (float)(real - integer);
|
|
|
4010 if (real < (double)integer)
|
|
|
4011 fraction = -fraction;
|
|
|
4012 for (i = 0; i < precision; i++)
|
|
|
4013 fraction *= 10.0;
|
|
|
4014
|
|
|
4015 *pinteger = integer;
|
|
|
4016 *pfraction = (int)(fraction + 0.5);
|
|
|
4017 }
|
|
|
4018
|
|
|
4019 /*
|
|
|
4020 * Write a real and a space. Save bytes if real value has no fractional part!
|
|
|
4021 * We use prt_real_bits() as %f in sprintf uses the locale setting to decide
|
|
|
4022 * what decimal point character to use, but PS always requires a '.'.
|
|
|
4023 */
|
|
|
4024 static void
|
|
|
4025 prt_write_real(val, prec)
|
|
|
4026 double val;
|
|
|
4027 int prec;
|
|
|
4028 {
|
|
|
4029 int integer;
|
|
|
4030 int fraction;
|
|
|
4031
|
|
|
4032 prt_real_bits(val, prec, &integer, &fraction);
|
|
|
4033 /* Emit integer part */
|
|
|
4034 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%d", integer);
|
|
|
4035 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4036 /* Only emit fraction if necessary */
|
|
|
4037 if (fraction != 0)
|
|
|
4038 {
|
|
|
4039 /* Remove any trailing zeros */
|
|
|
4040 while ((fraction % 10) == 0)
|
|
|
4041 {
|
|
|
4042 prec--;
|
|
|
4043 fraction /= 10;
|
|
|
4044 }
|
|
|
4045 /* Emit fraction left padded with zeros */
|
|
|
4046 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, ".%0*d", prec, fraction);
|
|
|
4047 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4048 }
|
|
|
4049 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, " ");
|
|
|
4050 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4051 }
|
|
|
4052
|
|
|
4053 /*
|
|
|
4054 * Write a line to define a numeric variable.
|
|
|
4055 */
|
|
|
4056 static void
|
|
|
4057 prt_def_var(name, value, prec)
|
|
|
4058 char *name;
|
|
|
4059 double value;
|
|
|
4060 int prec;
|
|
|
4061 {
|
|
|
4062 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "/%s ", name);
|
|
|
4063 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4064 prt_write_real(value, prec);
|
|
|
4065 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "d\n");
|
|
|
4066 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4067 }
|
|
|
4068
|
|
|
4069 /* Convert size from font space to user space at current font scale */
|
|
|
4070 #define PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(scale, size) ((size) * ((scale)/1000.0))
|
|
|
4071
|
|
|
4072 static void
|
|
|
4073 prt_flush_buffer()
|
|
|
4074 {
|
|
|
4075 if (prt_ps_buffer.ga_len > 0)
|
|
|
4076 {
|
|
|
4077 /* Any background color must be drawn first */
|
|
|
4078 if (prt_do_bgcol && (prt_new_bgcol != PRCOLOR_WHITE))
|
|
|
4079 {
|
|
|
4080 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
4081
|
|
|
4082 if (prt_do_moveto)
|
|
|
4083 {
|
|
|
4084 prt_write_real(prt_pos_x_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4085 prt_write_real(prt_pos_y_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4086 prt_write_string("m\n");
|
|
|
4087 prt_do_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
4088 }
|
|
|
4089
|
|
|
4090 /* Size of rect of background color on which text is printed */
|
|
|
4091 prt_write_real(prt_text_count * prt_char_width, 2);
|
|
|
4092 prt_write_real(prt_line_height, 2);
|
|
|
4093
|
|
|
4094 /* Lastly add the color of the background */
|
|
|
4095 r = ((unsigned)prt_new_bgcol & 0xff0000) >> 16;
|
|
|
4096 g = ((unsigned)prt_new_bgcol & 0xff00) >> 8;
|
|
|
4097 b = prt_new_bgcol & 0xff;
|
|
|
4098 prt_write_real(r / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
4099 prt_write_real(g / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
4100 prt_write_real(b / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
4101 prt_write_string("bg\n");
|
|
|
4102 }
|
|
|
4103 /* Draw underlines before the text as it makes it slightly easier to
|
|
|
4104 * find the starting point.
|
|
|
4105 */
|
|
|
4106 if (prt_do_underline)
|
|
|
4107 {
|
|
|
4108 if (prt_do_moveto)
|
|
|
4109 {
|
|
|
4110 prt_write_real(prt_pos_x_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4111 prt_write_real(prt_pos_y_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4112 prt_write_string("m\n");
|
|
|
4113 prt_do_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
4114 }
|
|
|
4115
|
|
|
4116 /* Underlining is easy - just need the number of characters to
|
|
|
4117 * print. */
|
|
|
4118 prt_write_real(prt_text_count * prt_char_width, 2);
|
|
|
4119 prt_write_string("ul\n");
|
|
|
4120 }
|
|
|
4121 /* Draw the text
|
|
|
4122 * Note: we write text out raw - EBCDIC conversion is handled in the
|
|
|
4123 * PostScript world via the font encoding vector. */
|
|
|
4124 prt_write_string("(");
|
|
|
4125 prt_write_file_raw_len(prt_ps_buffer.ga_data, prt_ps_buffer.ga_len);
|
|
|
4126 prt_write_string(")");
|
|
|
4127 /* Add a moveto if need be and use the appropriate show procedure */
|
|
|
4128 if (prt_do_moveto)
|
|
|
4129 {
|
|
|
4130 prt_write_real(prt_pos_x_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4131 prt_write_real(prt_pos_y_moveto, 2);
|
|
|
4132 /* moveto and a show */
|
|
|
4133 prt_write_string("ms\n");
|
|
|
4134 prt_do_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
4135 }
|
|
|
4136 else /* Simple show */
|
|
|
4137 prt_write_string("s\n");
|
|
|
4138
|
|
|
4139 ga_clear(&prt_ps_buffer);
|
|
|
4140 ga_init2(&prt_ps_buffer, (int)sizeof(char), PRT_PS_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
|
|
4141 }
|
|
|
4142 }
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 static char_u *resource_filename;
|
|
|
4145
|
|
|
4146 static void
|
|
|
4147 prt_resource_name(filename)
|
|
|
4148 char_u *filename;
|
|
|
4149 {
|
|
|
4150 if (STRLEN(filename) >= MAXPATHL)
|
|
|
4151 *resource_filename = NUL;
|
|
|
4152 else
|
|
|
4153 STRCPY(resource_filename, filename);
|
|
|
4154 }
|
|
|
4155
|
|
|
4156 static int
|
|
|
4157 prt_find_resource(name, resource)
|
|
|
4158 char *name;
|
|
|
4159 struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource;
|
|
|
4160 {
|
|
|
4161 char_u buffer[MAXPATHL + 1];
|
|
|
4162
|
|
|
4163 STRCPY(resource->name, name);
|
|
|
4164 /* Look for named resource file in runtimepath */
|
|
|
4165 STRCPY(buffer, "print");
|
|
|
4166 add_pathsep(buffer);
|
|
|
4167 STRCAT(buffer, name);
|
|
|
4168 STRCAT(buffer, ".ps");
|
|
|
4169 resource_filename = resource->filename;
|
|
|
4170 *resource_filename = NUL;
|
|
|
4171 return (do_in_runtimepath(buffer, FALSE, prt_resource_name)
|
|
|
4172 && resource->filename[0] != NUL);
|
|
|
4173 }
|
|
|
4174
|
|
|
4175 /* PS CR and LF characters have platform independent values */
|
|
|
4176 #define PSLF (0x0a)
|
|
|
4177 #define PSCR (0x0d)
|
|
|
4178
|
|
|
4179 /* Very simple hand crafted parser to get the type, title, and version number of
|
|
|
4180 * a PS resource file so the file details can be added to the DSC header
|
|
|
4181 * comments. */
|
|
|
4182 static int
|
|
|
4183 prt_open_resource(resource)
|
|
|
4184 struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource;
|
|
|
4185 {
|
|
|
4186 FILE *fd_resource;
|
|
|
4187 char_u buffer[128];
|
|
|
4188 char_u *ch = buffer;
|
|
|
4189 char_u *ch2;
|
|
|
4190
|
|
|
4191 fd_resource = mch_fopen((char *)resource->filename, READBIN);
|
|
|
4192 if (fd_resource == NULL)
|
|
|
4193 {
|
|
|
4194 EMSG2(_("E624: Can't open file \"%s\""), resource->filename);
|
|
|
4195 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4196 }
|
|
|
4197 vim_memset(buffer, NUL, sizeof(buffer));
|
|
|
4198
|
|
|
4199 /* Parse first line to ensure valid resource file */
|
|
|
4200 (void)fread((char *)buffer, sizeof(char_u), sizeof(buffer),
|
|
|
4201 fd_resource);
|
|
|
4202 if (ferror(fd_resource))
|
|
|
4203 {
|
|
|
4204 EMSG2(_("E457: Can't read PostScript resource file \"%s\""),
|
|
|
4205 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4206 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4207 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4208 }
|
|
|
4209
|
|
|
4210 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_HEADER, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_HEADER)) != 0)
|
|
|
4211 {
|
|
|
4212 EMSG2(_("E618: file \"%s\" is not a PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4213 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4214 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4215 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4216 }
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 /* Skip over any version numbers and following ws */
|
|
|
4219 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_HEADER);
|
|
|
4220 while (!isspace(*ch))
|
|
|
4221 ch++;
|
|
|
4222 while (isspace(*ch))
|
|
|
4223 ch++;
|
|
|
4224
|
|
|
4225 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_RESOURCE, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_RESOURCE)) != 0)
|
|
|
4226 {
|
|
|
4227 EMSG2(_("E619: file \"%s\" is not a supported PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4228 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4229 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4230 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4231 }
|
|
|
4232 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_RESOURCE);
|
|
|
4233
|
|
|
4234 /* Decide type of resource in the file */
|
|
|
4235 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_PROCSET, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_PROCSET)) == 0)
|
|
|
4236 {
|
|
|
4237 resource->type = PRT_RESOURCE_TYPE_PROCSET;
|
|
|
4238 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_PROCSET);
|
|
|
4239 }
|
|
|
4240 else if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_ENCODING, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_ENCODING)) == 0)
|
|
|
4241 {
|
|
|
4242 resource->type = PRT_RESOURCE_TYPE_ENCODING;
|
|
|
4243 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_ENCODING);
|
|
|
4244 }
|
|
|
4245 else
|
|
|
4246 {
|
|
|
4247 EMSG2(_("E619: file \"%s\" is not a supported PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4248 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4249 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4250 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4251 }
|
|
|
4252
|
|
|
4253 /* Consume up to and including the CR/LF/CR_LF */
|
|
|
4254 while (*ch != PSCR && *ch != PSLF)
|
|
|
4255 ch++;
|
|
|
4256 while (*ch == PSCR || *ch == PSLF)
|
|
|
4257 ch++;
|
|
|
4258
|
|
|
4259 /* Match %%Title: */
|
|
|
4260 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_TITLE, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_TITLE)) != 0)
|
|
|
4261 {
|
|
|
4262 EMSG2(_("E619: file \"%s\" is not a supported PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4263 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4264 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4265 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4266 }
|
|
|
4267 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_TITLE);
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 /* Skip ws after %%Title: */
|
|
|
4270 while (isspace(*ch))
|
|
|
4271 ch++;
|
|
|
4272
|
|
|
4273 /* Copy up to the CR/LF/CR_LF */
|
|
|
4274 ch2 = resource->title;
|
|
|
4275 while (*ch != PSCR && *ch != PSLF)
|
|
|
4276 *ch2++ = *ch++;
|
|
|
4277 *ch2 = '\0';
|
|
|
4278 while (*ch == PSCR || *ch == PSLF)
|
|
|
4279 ch++;
|
|
|
4280
|
|
|
4281 /* Match %%Version: */
|
|
|
4282 if (STRNCMP(ch, PRT_RESOURCE_VERSION, STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_VERSION)) != 0)
|
|
|
4283 {
|
|
|
4284 EMSG2(_("E619: file \"%s\" is not a supported PostScript resource file"),
|
|
|
4285 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4286 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4287 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4288 }
|
|
|
4289 ch += STRLEN(PRT_RESOURCE_VERSION);
|
|
|
4290
|
|
|
4291 /* Skip ws after %%Version: */
|
|
|
4292 while (isspace(*ch))
|
|
|
4293 ch++;
|
|
|
4294
|
|
|
4295 /* Copy up to the CR/LF/CR_LF */
|
|
|
4296 ch2 = resource->version;
|
|
|
4297 while (*ch != PSCR && *ch != PSLF)
|
|
|
4298 *ch2++ = *ch++;
|
|
|
4299 *ch2 = '\0';
|
|
|
4300
|
|
|
4301 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4302
|
|
|
4303 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4304 }
|
|
|
4305
|
|
|
4306 static int
|
|
|
4307 prt_check_resource(resource, version)
|
|
|
4308 struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource;
|
|
|
4309 char_u *version;
|
|
|
4310 {
|
|
|
4311 /* Version number m.n should match, the revision number does not matter */
|
|
|
4312 if (STRNCMP(resource->version, version, STRLEN(version)))
|
|
|
4313 {
|
|
|
4314 EMSG2(_("E621: \"%s\" resource file has wrong version"),
|
|
|
4315 resource->name);
|
|
|
4316 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4317 }
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
4319 /* Other checks to be added as needed */
|
|
|
4320 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4321 }
|
|
|
4322
|
|
|
4323 static void
|
|
|
4324 prt_dsc_start()
|
|
|
4325 {
|
|
|
4326 prt_write_string("%!PS-Adobe-3.0\n");
|
|
|
4327 }
|
|
|
4328
|
|
|
4329 static void
|
|
|
4330 prt_dsc_noarg(comment)
|
|
|
4331 char *comment;
|
|
|
4332 {
|
|
|
4333 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s\n", comment);
|
|
|
4334 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4335 }
|
|
|
4336
|
|
|
4337 static void
|
|
|
4338 prt_dsc_textline(comment, text)
|
|
|
4339 char *comment;
|
|
|
4340 char *text;
|
|
|
4341 {
|
|
|
4342 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s: %s\n", comment, text);
|
|
|
4343 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4344 }
|
|
|
4345
|
|
|
4346 static void
|
|
|
4347 prt_dsc_text(comment, text)
|
|
|
4348 char *comment;
|
|
|
4349 char *text;
|
|
|
4350 {
|
|
|
4351 /* TODO - should scan 'text' for any chars needing escaping! */
|
|
|
4352 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s: (%s)\n", comment, text);
|
|
|
4353 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4354 }
|
|
|
4355
|
|
|
4356 #define prt_dsc_atend(c) prt_dsc_text((c), "atend")
|
|
|
4357
|
|
|
4358 static void
|
|
|
4359 prt_dsc_ints(comment, count, ints)
|
|
|
4360 char *comment;
|
|
|
4361 int count;
|
|
|
4362 int *ints;
|
|
|
4363 {
|
|
|
4364 int i;
|
|
|
4365
|
|
|
4366 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s:", comment);
|
|
|
4367 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4368
|
|
|
4369 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
|
|
4370 {
|
|
|
4371 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, " %d", ints[i]);
|
|
|
4372 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4373 }
|
|
|
4374
|
|
|
4375 prt_write_string("\n");
|
|
|
4376 }
|
|
|
4377
|
|
|
4378 static void
|
|
|
4379 prt_dsc_resources(comment, type, count, strings)
|
|
|
4380 char *comment; /* if NULL add to previous */
|
|
|
4381 char *type;
|
|
|
4382 int count;
|
|
|
4383 char **strings;
|
|
|
4384 {
|
|
|
4385 int i;
|
|
|
4386
|
|
|
4387 if (comment != NULL)
|
|
|
4388 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%%s: %s", comment, type);
|
|
|
4389 else
|
|
|
4390 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%+ %s", type);
|
|
|
4391 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4392
|
|
|
4393 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
|
|
|
4394 {
|
|
|
4395 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, " %s", strings[i]);
|
|
|
4396 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4397 }
|
|
|
4398
|
|
|
4399 prt_write_string("\n");
|
|
|
4400 }
|
|
|
4401
|
|
|
4402 static void
|
|
|
4403 prt_dsc_requirements(duplex, tumble, collate, color, num_copies)
|
|
|
4404 int duplex;
|
|
|
4405 int tumble;
|
|
|
4406 int collate;
|
|
|
4407 int color;
|
|
|
4408 int num_copies;
|
|
|
4409 {
|
|
|
4410 /* Only output the comment if we need to.
|
|
|
4411 * Note: tumble is ignored if we are not duplexing
|
|
|
4412 */
|
|
|
4413 if (!(duplex || collate || color || (num_copies > 1)))
|
|
|
4414 return;
|
|
|
4415
|
|
|
4416 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%Requirements:");
|
|
|
4417 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4418
|
|
|
4419 if (duplex)
|
|
|
4420 {
|
|
|
4421 prt_write_string(" duplex");
|
|
|
4422 if (tumble)
|
|
|
4423 prt_write_string("(tumble)");
|
|
|
4424 }
|
|
|
4425 if (collate)
|
|
|
4426 prt_write_string(" collate");
|
|
|
4427 if (color)
|
|
|
4428 prt_write_string(" color");
|
|
|
4429 if (num_copies > 1)
|
|
|
4430 {
|
|
|
4431 prt_write_string(" numcopies(");
|
|
|
4432 /* Note: no space wanted so dont use prt_write_int() */
|
|
|
4433 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%d", num_copies);
|
|
|
4434 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4435 prt_write_string(")");
|
|
|
4436 }
|
|
|
4437 prt_write_string("\n");
|
|
|
4438 }
|
|
|
4439
|
|
|
4440 static void
|
|
|
4441 prt_dsc_docmedia(paper_name, width, height, weight, colour, type)
|
|
|
4442 char *paper_name;
|
|
|
4443 double width;
|
|
|
4444 double height;
|
|
|
4445 double weight;
|
|
|
4446 char *colour;
|
|
|
4447 char *type;
|
|
|
4448 {
|
|
|
4449 sprintf((char *)prt_line_buffer, "%%%%DocumentMedia: %s ", paper_name);
|
|
|
4450 prt_write_file(prt_line_buffer);
|
|
|
4451 prt_write_real(width, 2);
|
|
|
4452 prt_write_real(height, 2);
|
|
|
4453 prt_write_real(weight, 2);
|
|
|
4454 if (colour == NULL)
|
|
|
4455 prt_write_string("()");
|
|
|
4456 else
|
|
|
4457 prt_write_string(colour);
|
|
|
4458 prt_write_string(" ");
|
|
|
4459 if (type == NULL)
|
|
|
4460 prt_write_string("()");
|
|
|
4461 else
|
|
|
4462 prt_write_string(type);
|
|
|
4463 prt_write_string("\n");
|
|
|
4464 }
|
|
|
4465
|
|
|
4466 void
|
|
|
4467 mch_print_cleanup()
|
|
|
4468 {
|
|
|
4469 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4470 if (prt_do_conv)
|
|
|
4471 {
|
|
|
4472 convert_setup(&prt_conv, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4473 prt_do_conv = FALSE;
|
|
|
4474 }
|
|
|
4475 #endif
|
|
|
4476 if (prt_ps_fd != NULL)
|
|
|
4477 {
|
|
|
4478 fclose(prt_ps_fd);
|
|
|
4479 prt_ps_fd = NULL;
|
|
|
4480 prt_file_error = FALSE;
|
|
|
4481 }
|
|
|
4482 if (prt_ps_file_name != NULL)
|
|
|
4483 {
|
|
|
4484 vim_free(prt_ps_file_name);
|
|
|
4485 prt_ps_file_name = NULL;
|
|
|
4486 }
|
|
|
4487 }
|
|
|
4488
|
|
|
4489 static float
|
|
|
4490 to_device_units(idx, physsize, def_number)
|
|
|
4491 int idx;
|
|
|
4492 double physsize;
|
|
|
4493 int def_number;
|
|
|
4494 {
|
|
|
4495 float ret;
|
|
|
4496 int u;
|
|
|
4497 int nr;
|
|
|
4498
|
|
|
4499 u = prt_get_unit(idx);
|
|
|
4500 if (u == PRT_UNIT_NONE)
|
|
|
4501 {
|
|
|
4502 u = PRT_UNIT_PERC;
|
|
|
4503 nr = def_number;
|
|
|
4504 }
|
|
|
4505 else
|
|
|
4506 nr = printer_opts[idx].number;
|
|
|
4507
|
|
|
4508 switch (u)
|
|
|
4509 {
|
|
|
4510 case PRT_UNIT_INCH:
|
|
|
4511 ret = (float)(nr * PRT_PS_DEFAULT_DPI);
|
|
|
4512 break;
|
|
|
4513 case PRT_UNIT_MM:
|
|
|
4514 ret = (float)(nr * PRT_PS_DEFAULT_DPI) / (float)25.4;
|
|
|
4515 break;
|
|
|
4516 case PRT_UNIT_POINT:
|
|
|
4517 ret = (float)nr;
|
|
|
4518 break;
|
|
|
4519 case PRT_UNIT_PERC:
|
|
|
4520 default:
|
|
|
4521 ret = (float)(physsize * nr) / 100;
|
|
|
4522 break;
|
|
|
4523 }
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 return ret;
|
|
|
4526 }
|
|
|
4527
|
|
|
4528 /*
|
|
|
4529 * Calculate margins for given width and height from printoptions settings.
|
|
|
4530 */
|
|
|
4531 static void
|
|
|
4532 prt_page_margins(width, height, left, right, top, bottom)
|
|
|
4533 double width;
|
|
|
4534 double height;
|
|
|
4535 double *left;
|
|
|
4536 double *right;
|
|
|
4537 double *top;
|
|
|
4538 double *bottom;
|
|
|
4539 {
|
|
|
4540 *left = to_device_units(OPT_PRINT_LEFT, width, 10);
|
|
|
4541 *right = width - to_device_units(OPT_PRINT_RIGHT, width, 5);
|
|
|
4542 *top = height - to_device_units(OPT_PRINT_TOP, height, 5);
|
|
|
4543 *bottom = to_device_units(OPT_PRINT_BOT, height, 5);
|
|
|
4544 }
|
|
|
4545
|
|
|
4546 static void
|
|
|
4547 prt_font_metrics(font_scale)
|
|
|
4548 int font_scale;
|
|
|
4549 {
|
|
|
4550 prt_line_height = (float)font_scale;
|
|
|
4551 prt_char_width = (float)PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(font_scale, prt_ps_font.wx);
|
|
|
4552 }
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554
|
|
|
4555 static int
|
|
|
4556 prt_get_cpl()
|
|
|
4557 {
|
|
|
4558 if (prt_use_number())
|
|
|
4559 {
|
|
|
4560 prt_number_width = PRINT_NUMBER_WIDTH * prt_char_width;
|
|
|
4561 prt_left_margin += prt_number_width;
|
|
|
4562 }
|
|
|
4563 else
|
|
|
4564 prt_number_width = 0.0;
|
|
|
4565
|
|
|
4566 return (int)((prt_right_margin - prt_left_margin) / prt_char_width);
|
|
|
4567 }
|
|
|
4568
|
|
|
4569 /*
|
|
|
4570 * Get number of lines of text that fit on a page (excluding the header).
|
|
|
4571 */
|
|
|
4572 static int
|
|
|
4573 prt_get_lpp()
|
|
|
4574 {
|
|
|
4575 int lpp;
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 /*
|
|
|
4578 * Calculate offset to lower left corner of background rect based on actual
|
|
|
4579 * font height (based on its bounding box) and the line height, handling the
|
|
|
4580 * case where the font height can exceed the line height.
|
|
|
4581 */
|
|
|
4582 prt_bgcol_offset = (float)PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(prt_line_height,
|
|
|
4583 prt_ps_font.bbox_min_y);
|
|
|
4584 if ((prt_ps_font.bbox_max_y - prt_ps_font.bbox_min_y) < 1000.0)
|
|
|
4585 {
|
|
|
4586 prt_bgcol_offset -= (float)PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(prt_line_height,
|
|
|
4587 (1000.0 - (prt_ps_font.bbox_max_y -
|
|
|
4588 prt_ps_font.bbox_min_y)) / 2);
|
|
|
4589 }
|
|
|
4590
|
|
|
4591 /* Get height for topmost line based on background rect offset. */
|
|
|
4592 prt_first_line_height = prt_line_height + prt_bgcol_offset;
|
|
|
4593
|
|
|
4594 /* Calculate lpp */
|
|
|
4595 lpp = (int)((prt_top_margin - prt_bottom_margin) / prt_line_height);
|
|
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 /* Adjust top margin if there is a header */
|
|
|
4598 prt_top_margin -= prt_line_height * prt_header_height();
|
|
|
4599
|
|
|
4600 return lpp - prt_header_height();
|
|
|
4601 }
|
|
|
4602
|
|
|
4603 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
4604 int
|
|
|
4605 mch_print_init(psettings, jobname, forceit)
|
|
|
4606 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
4607 char_u *jobname;
|
|
|
4608 int forceit;
|
|
|
4609 {
|
|
|
4610 int i;
|
|
|
4611 char *paper_name;
|
|
|
4612 int paper_strlen;
|
|
|
4613 int fontsize;
|
|
|
4614 char_u *p;
|
|
|
4615 double left;
|
|
|
4616 double right;
|
|
|
4617 double top;
|
|
|
4618 double bottom;
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620 #if 0
|
|
|
4621 /*
|
|
|
4622 * TODO:
|
|
|
4623 * If "forceit" is false: pop up a dialog to select:
|
|
|
4624 * - printer name
|
|
|
4625 * - copies
|
|
|
4626 * - collated/uncollated
|
|
|
4627 * - duplex off/long side/short side
|
|
|
4628 * - paper size
|
|
|
4629 * - portrait/landscape
|
|
|
4630 * - font size
|
|
|
4631 *
|
|
|
4632 * If "forceit" is true: use the default printer and settings
|
|
|
4633 */
|
|
|
4634 if (forceit)
|
|
|
4635 s_pd.Flags |= PD_RETURNDEFAULT;
|
|
|
4636 #endif
|
|
|
4637
|
|
|
4638 /*
|
|
|
4639 * Find the size of the paper and set the margins.
|
|
|
4640 */
|
|
|
4641 prt_portrait = (!printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PORTRAIT].present
|
|
|
4642 || TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PORTRAIT].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
4643 if (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PAPER].present)
|
|
|
4644 {
|
|
|
4645 paper_name = (char *)printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PAPER].string;
|
|
|
4646 paper_strlen = printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_PAPER].strlen;
|
|
|
4647 }
|
|
|
4648 else
|
|
|
4649 {
|
|
|
4650 paper_name = "A4";
|
|
|
4651 paper_strlen = 2;
|
|
|
4652 }
|
|
|
4653 for (i = 0; i < PRT_MEDIASIZE_LEN; ++i)
|
|
|
4654 if (STRLEN(prt_mediasize[i].name) == (unsigned)paper_strlen
|
|
|
4655 && STRNICMP(prt_mediasize[i].name, paper_name,
|
|
|
4656 paper_strlen) == 0)
|
|
|
4657 break;
|
|
|
4658 if (i == PRT_MEDIASIZE_LEN)
|
|
|
4659 i = 0;
|
|
|
4660 prt_media = i;
|
|
|
4661
|
|
|
4662 /*
|
|
|
4663 * Set PS pagesize based on media dimensions and print orientation.
|
|
|
4664 * Note: Media and page sizes have defined meanings in PostScript and should
|
|
|
4665 * be kept distinct. Media is the paper (or transparency, or ...) that is
|
|
|
4666 * printed on, whereas the page size is the area that the PostScript
|
|
|
4667 * interpreter renders into.
|
|
|
4668 */
|
|
|
4669 if (prt_portrait)
|
|
|
4670 {
|
|
|
4671 prt_page_width = prt_mediasize[i].width;
|
|
|
4672 prt_page_height = prt_mediasize[i].height;
|
|
|
4673 }
|
|
|
4674 else
|
|
|
4675 {
|
|
|
4676 prt_page_width = prt_mediasize[i].height;
|
|
|
4677 prt_page_height = prt_mediasize[i].width;
|
|
|
4678 }
|
|
|
4679
|
|
|
4680 /*
|
|
|
4681 * Set PS page margins based on the PS pagesize, not the mediasize - this
|
|
|
4682 * needs to be done before the cpl and lpp are calculated.
|
|
|
4683 */
|
|
|
4684 prt_page_margins(prt_page_width, prt_page_height, &left, &right, &top,
|
|
|
4685 &bottom);
|
|
|
4686 prt_left_margin = (float)left;
|
|
|
4687 prt_right_margin = (float)right;
|
|
|
4688 prt_top_margin = (float)top;
|
|
|
4689 prt_bottom_margin = (float)bottom;
|
|
|
4690
|
|
|
4691 /*
|
|
|
4692 * Set up the font size.
|
|
|
4693 */
|
|
|
4694 fontsize = PRT_PS_DEFAULT_FONTSIZE;
|
|
|
4695 for (p = p_pfn; (p = vim_strchr(p, ':')) != NULL; ++p)
|
|
|
4696 if (p[1] == 'h' && VIM_ISDIGIT(p[2]))
|
|
|
4697 fontsize = atoi((char *)p + 2);
|
|
|
4698 prt_font_metrics(fontsize);
|
|
|
4699
|
|
|
4700 /*
|
|
|
4701 * Return the number of characters per line, and lines per page for the
|
|
|
4702 * generic print code.
|
|
|
4703 */
|
|
|
4704 psettings->chars_per_line = prt_get_cpl();
|
|
|
4705 psettings->lines_per_page = prt_get_lpp();
|
|
|
4706
|
|
|
4707 /* Catch margin settings that leave no space for output! */
|
|
|
4708 if (psettings->chars_per_line <= 0 || psettings->lines_per_page <= 0)
|
|
|
4709 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4710
|
|
|
4711 /*
|
|
|
4712 * Sort out the number of copies to be printed. PS by default will do
|
|
|
4713 * uncollated copies for you, so once we know how many uncollated copies are
|
|
|
4714 * wanted cache it away and lie to the generic code that we only want one
|
|
|
4715 * uncollated copy.
|
|
|
4716 */
|
|
|
4717 psettings->n_collated_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4718 psettings->n_uncollated_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4719 prt_num_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4720 prt_collate = (!printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_COLLATE].present
|
|
|
4721 || TOLOWER_ASC(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_COLLATE].string[0]) == 'y');
|
|
|
4722 if (prt_collate)
|
|
|
4723 {
|
|
|
4724 /* TODO: Get number of collated copies wanted. */
|
|
|
4725 psettings->n_collated_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4726 }
|
|
|
4727 else
|
|
|
4728 {
|
|
|
4729 /* TODO: Get number of uncollated copies wanted and update the cached
|
|
|
4730 * count.
|
|
|
4731 */
|
|
|
4732 prt_num_copies = 1;
|
|
|
4733 }
|
|
|
4734
|
|
|
4735 psettings->jobname = jobname;
|
|
|
4736
|
|
|
4737 /*
|
|
|
4738 * Set up printer duplex and tumble based on Duplex option setting - default
|
|
|
4739 * is long sided duplex printing (i.e. no tumble).
|
|
|
4740 */
|
|
|
4741 prt_duplex = TRUE;
|
|
|
4742 prt_tumble = FALSE;
|
|
|
4743 psettings->duplex = 1;
|
|
|
4744 if (printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_DUPLEX].present)
|
|
|
4745 {
|
|
|
4746 if (STRNICMP(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_DUPLEX].string, "off", 3) == 0)
|
|
|
4747 {
|
|
|
4748 prt_duplex = FALSE;
|
|
|
4749 psettings->duplex = 0;
|
|
|
4750 }
|
|
|
4751 else if (STRNICMP(printer_opts[OPT_PRINT_DUPLEX].string, "short", 5)
|
|
|
4752 == 0)
|
|
|
4753 prt_tumble = TRUE;
|
|
|
4754 }
|
|
|
4755
|
|
|
4756 /* For now user abort not supported */
|
|
|
4757 psettings->user_abort = 0;
|
|
|
4758
|
|
|
4759 /* If the user didn't specify a file name, use a temp file. */
|
|
|
4760 if (psettings->outfile == NULL)
|
|
|
4761 {
|
|
|
4762 prt_ps_file_name = vim_tempname('p');
|
|
|
4763 if (prt_ps_file_name == NULL)
|
|
|
4764 {
|
|
|
4765 EMSG(_(e_notmp));
|
|
|
4766 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4767 }
|
|
|
4768 prt_ps_fd = mch_fopen((char *)prt_ps_file_name, WRITEBIN);
|
|
|
4769 }
|
|
|
4770 else
|
|
|
4771 {
|
|
|
4772 p = expand_env_save(psettings->outfile);
|
|
|
4773 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
4774 {
|
|
|
4775 prt_ps_fd = mch_fopen((char *)p, WRITEBIN);
|
|
|
4776 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
4777 }
|
|
|
4778 }
|
|
|
4779 if (prt_ps_fd == NULL)
|
|
|
4780 {
|
|
|
4781 EMSG(_("E324: Can't open PostScript output file"));
|
|
|
4782 mch_print_cleanup();
|
|
|
4783 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4784 }
|
|
|
4785
|
|
|
4786 ga_init2(&prt_ps_buffer, (int)sizeof(char), PRT_PS_DEFAULT_BUFFER_SIZE);
|
|
|
4787
|
|
|
4788 prt_page_num = 0;
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790 prt_attribute_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
4791 prt_need_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
4792 prt_need_font = FALSE;
|
|
|
4793 prt_need_fgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
4794 prt_need_bgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
4795 prt_need_underline = FALSE;
|
|
|
4796
|
|
|
4797 prt_file_error = FALSE;
|
|
|
4798
|
|
|
4799 return OK;
|
|
|
4800 }
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 static int
|
|
|
4803 prt_add_resource(resource)
|
|
|
4804 struct prt_ps_resource_S *resource;
|
|
|
4805 {
|
|
|
4806 FILE* fd_resource;
|
|
|
4807 char_u resource_buffer[512];
|
|
|
4808 char *resource_name[1];
|
|
|
4809 size_t bytes_read;
|
|
|
4810
|
|
|
4811 fd_resource = mch_fopen((char *)resource->filename, READBIN);
|
|
|
4812 if (fd_resource == NULL)
|
|
|
4813 {
|
|
|
4814 EMSG2(_("E456: Can't open file \"%s\""), resource->filename);
|
|
|
4815 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4816 }
|
|
|
4817 resource_name[0] = (char *)resource->title;
|
|
|
4818 prt_dsc_resources("BeginResource",
|
|
|
4819 resource_types[resource->type], 1, resource_name);
|
|
|
4820
|
|
|
4821 prt_dsc_textline("BeginDocument", (char *)resource->filename);
|
|
|
4822
|
|
|
4823 for (;;)
|
|
|
4824 {
|
|
|
4825 bytes_read = fread((char *)resource_buffer, sizeof(char_u),
|
|
|
4826 sizeof(resource_buffer), fd_resource);
|
|
|
4827 if (ferror(fd_resource))
|
|
|
4828 {
|
|
|
4829 EMSG2(_("E457: Can't read PostScript resource file \"%s\""),
|
|
|
4830 resource->filename);
|
|
|
4831 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4832 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4833 }
|
|
|
4834 if (bytes_read == 0)
|
|
|
4835 break;
|
|
|
4836 prt_write_file_raw_len(resource_buffer, bytes_read);
|
|
|
4837 if (prt_file_error)
|
|
|
4838 {
|
|
|
4839 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4840 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4841 }
|
|
|
4842 }
|
|
|
4843 fclose(fd_resource);
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 prt_dsc_noarg("EndDocument");
|
|
|
4846
|
|
|
4847 prt_dsc_noarg("EndResource");
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 return TRUE;
|
|
|
4850 }
|
|
|
4851
|
|
|
4852 int
|
|
|
4853 mch_print_begin(psettings)
|
|
|
4854 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
4855 {
|
|
|
4856 time_t now;
|
|
|
4857 int bbox[4];
|
|
|
4858 char *p_time;
|
|
|
4859 char *resource[1];
|
|
|
4860 double left;
|
|
|
4861 double right;
|
|
|
4862 double top;
|
|
|
4863 double bottom;
|
|
|
4864 struct prt_ps_resource_S res_prolog;
|
|
|
4865 struct prt_ps_resource_S res_encoding;
|
|
|
4866 char_u buffer[256];
|
|
|
4867 char_u *p_encoding;
|
|
|
4868 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4869 int props;
|
|
|
4870 #endif
|
|
|
4871
|
|
|
4872 /*
|
|
|
4873 * PS DSC Header comments - no PS code!
|
|
|
4874 */
|
|
|
4875 prt_dsc_start();
|
|
|
4876 prt_dsc_textline("Title", (char *)psettings->jobname);
|
|
|
4877 /* TODO - platform dependent user name retrieval */
|
|
|
4878 prt_dsc_textline("For", "Unknown");
|
|
|
4879 prt_dsc_textline("Creator", VIM_VERSION_LONG);
|
|
|
4880 /* Note: to ensure Clean8bit I don't think we can use LC_TIME */
|
|
|
4881 now = time(NULL);
|
|
|
4882 p_time = ctime(&now);
|
|
|
4883 /* Note: ctime() adds a \n so we have to remove it :-( */
|
|
|
4884 *(vim_strchr((char_u *)p_time, '\n')) = '\0';
|
|
|
4885 prt_dsc_textline("CreationDate", p_time);
|
|
|
4886 prt_dsc_textline("DocumentData", "Clean8Bit");
|
|
|
4887 prt_dsc_textline("Orientation", "Portrait");
|
|
|
4888 prt_dsc_atend("Pages");
|
|
|
4889 prt_dsc_textline("PageOrder", "Ascend");
|
|
|
4890 /* The bbox does not change with orientation - it is always in the default
|
|
|
4891 * user coordinate system! We have to recalculate right and bottom
|
|
|
4892 * coordinates based on the font metrics for the bbox to be accurate. */
|
|
|
4893 prt_page_margins(prt_mediasize[prt_media].width,
|
|
|
4894 prt_mediasize[prt_media].height,
|
|
|
4895 &left, &right, &top, &bottom);
|
|
|
4896 bbox[0] = (int)left;
|
|
|
4897 if (prt_portrait)
|
|
|
4898 {
|
|
|
4899 /* In portrait printing the fixed point is the top left corner so we
|
|
|
4900 * derive the bbox from that point. We have the expected cpl chars
|
|
|
4901 * across the media and lpp lines down the media.
|
|
|
4902 */
|
|
|
4903 bbox[1] = (int)(top - (psettings->lines_per_page + prt_header_height())
|
|
|
4904 * prt_line_height);
|
|
|
4905 bbox[2] = (int)(left + psettings->chars_per_line * prt_char_width
|
|
|
4906 + 0.5);
|
|
|
4907 bbox[3] = (int)(top + 0.5);
|
|
|
4908 }
|
|
|
4909 else
|
|
|
4910 {
|
|
|
4911 /* In landscape printing the fixed point is the bottom left corner so we
|
|
|
4912 * derive the bbox from that point. We have lpp chars across the media
|
|
|
4913 * and cpl lines up the media.
|
|
|
4914 */
|
|
|
4915 bbox[1] = (int)bottom;
|
|
|
4916 bbox[2] = (int)(left + ((psettings->lines_per_page
|
|
|
4917 + prt_header_height()) * prt_line_height) + 0.5);
|
|
|
4918 bbox[3] = (int)(bottom + psettings->chars_per_line * prt_char_width
|
|
|
4919 + 0.5);
|
|
|
4920 }
|
|
|
4921 prt_dsc_ints("BoundingBox", 4, bbox);
|
|
|
4922 /* The media width and height does not change with landscape printing! */
|
|
|
4923 prt_dsc_docmedia(prt_mediasize[prt_media].name,
|
|
|
4924 prt_mediasize[prt_media].width,
|
|
|
4925 prt_mediasize[prt_media].height,
|
|
|
4926 (double)0, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
4927 prt_dsc_resources("DocumentNeededResources", "font", 4,
|
|
|
4928 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname);
|
|
|
4929
|
|
|
4930 /* Search for external resources we supply */
|
|
|
4931 if (!prt_find_resource("prolog", &res_prolog))
|
|
|
4932 {
|
|
|
4933 EMSG(_("E456: Can't find PostScript resource file \"prolog.ps\""));
|
|
|
4934 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4935 }
|
|
|
4936 if (!prt_open_resource(&res_prolog))
|
|
|
4937 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4938 if (!prt_check_resource(&res_prolog, PRT_PROLOG_VERSION))
|
|
|
4939 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4940 /* Find an encoding to use for printing.
|
|
|
4941 * Check 'printencoding'. If not set or not found, then use 'encoding'. If
|
|
|
4942 * that cannot be found then default to "latin1".
|
|
|
4943 * Note: VIM specific encoding header is always skipped.
|
|
|
4944 */
|
|
|
4945 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4946 props = enc_canon_props(p_enc);
|
|
|
4947 #endif
|
|
|
4948 p_encoding = enc_skip(p_penc);
|
|
|
4949 if (*p_encoding == NUL
|
|
|
4950 || !prt_find_resource((char *)p_encoding, &res_encoding))
|
|
|
4951 {
|
|
|
4952 /* 'printencoding' not set or not supported - find alternate */
|
|
|
4953 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4954 p_encoding = enc_skip(p_enc);
|
|
|
4955 if (!(props & ENC_8BIT)
|
|
|
4956 || !prt_find_resource((char *)p_encoding, &res_encoding))
|
|
|
4957 {
|
|
|
4958 /* 8-bit 'encoding' is not supported */
|
|
|
4959 #endif
|
|
|
4960 /* Use latin1 as default printing encoding */
|
|
|
4961 p_encoding = (char_u *)"latin1";
|
|
|
4962 if (!prt_find_resource((char *)p_encoding, &res_encoding))
|
|
|
4963 {
|
|
|
4964 EMSG2(_("E456: Can't find PostScript resource file \"%s.ps\""),
|
|
|
4965 p_encoding);
|
|
|
4966 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4967 }
|
|
|
4968 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4969 }
|
|
|
4970 #endif
|
|
|
4971 }
|
|
|
4972 if (!prt_open_resource(&res_encoding))
|
|
|
4973 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4974 /* For the moment there are no checks on encoding resource files to perform */
|
|
|
4975 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4976 /* Set up encoding conversion if starting from multi-byte */
|
|
|
4977 props = enc_canon_props(p_enc);
|
|
|
4978 if (!(props & ENC_8BIT))
|
|
|
4979 {
|
|
|
4980 if (FAIL == convert_setup(&prt_conv, p_enc, p_encoding))
|
|
|
4981 {
|
|
|
4982 EMSG2(_("E620: Unable to convert from multi-byte to \"%s\" encoding"),
|
|
|
4983 p_encoding);
|
|
|
4984 return FALSE;
|
|
|
4985 }
|
|
|
4986 prt_do_conv = TRUE;
|
|
|
4987 }
|
|
|
4988 #endif
|
|
|
4989
|
|
|
4990 /* List resources supplied */
|
|
|
4991 resource[0] = (char *)buffer;
|
|
|
4992 STRCPY(buffer, res_prolog.title);
|
|
|
4993 STRCAT(buffer, " ");
|
|
|
4994 STRCAT(buffer, res_prolog.version);
|
|
|
4995 prt_dsc_resources("DocumentSuppliedResources", "procset", 1, resource);
|
|
|
4996 STRCPY(buffer, res_encoding.title);
|
|
|
4997 STRCAT(buffer, " ");
|
|
|
4998 STRCAT(buffer, res_encoding.version);
|
|
|
4999 prt_dsc_resources(NULL, "encoding", 1, resource);
|
|
|
5000 prt_dsc_requirements(prt_duplex, prt_tumble, prt_collate,
|
|
|
5001 #ifdef FEAT_SYN_HL
|
|
|
5002 psettings->do_syntax
|
|
|
5003 #else
|
|
|
5004 0
|
|
|
5005 #endif
|
|
|
5006 , prt_num_copies);
|
|
|
5007 prt_dsc_noarg("EndComments");
|
|
|
5008
|
|
|
5009 /*
|
|
|
5010 * PS Document page defaults
|
|
|
5011 */
|
|
|
5012 prt_dsc_noarg("BeginDefaults");
|
|
|
5013
|
|
|
5014 /* List font resources most likely common to all pages */
|
|
|
5015 prt_dsc_resources("PageResources", "font", 4, prt_ps_font.ps_fontname);
|
|
|
5016 /* Paper will be used for all pages */
|
|
|
5017 prt_dsc_textline("PageMedia", prt_mediasize[prt_media].name);
|
|
|
5018
|
|
|
5019 prt_dsc_noarg("EndDefaults");
|
|
|
5020
|
|
|
5021 /*
|
|
|
5022 * PS Document prolog inclusion - all required procsets.
|
|
|
5023 */
|
|
|
5024 prt_dsc_noarg("BeginProlog");
|
|
|
5025
|
|
|
5026 /* For now there is just the one procset to be included in the PS file. */
|
|
|
5027 if (!prt_add_resource(&res_prolog))
|
|
|
5028 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5029
|
|
|
5030 /* There will be only one font encoding to be included in the PS file. */
|
|
|
5031 if (!prt_add_resource(&res_encoding))
|
|
|
5032 return FALSE;
|
|
|
5033
|
|
|
5034 prt_dsc_noarg("EndProlog");
|
|
|
5035
|
|
|
5036 /*
|
|
|
5037 * PS Document setup - must appear after the prolog
|
|
|
5038 */
|
|
|
5039 prt_dsc_noarg("BeginSetup");
|
|
|
5040
|
|
|
5041 /* Device setup - page size and number of uncollated copies */
|
|
|
5042 prt_write_int((int)prt_mediasize[prt_media].width);
|
|
|
5043 prt_write_int((int)prt_mediasize[prt_media].height);
|
|
|
5044 prt_write_int(0);
|
|
|
5045 prt_write_string("sps\n");
|
|
|
5046 prt_write_int(prt_num_copies);
|
|
|
5047 prt_write_string("nc\n");
|
|
|
5048 prt_write_boolean(prt_duplex);
|
|
|
5049 prt_write_boolean(prt_tumble);
|
|
|
5050 prt_write_string("dt\n");
|
|
|
5051 prt_write_boolean(prt_collate);
|
|
|
5052 prt_write_string("c\n");
|
|
|
5053
|
|
|
5054 /* Font resource inclusion and definition */
|
|
|
5055 prt_dsc_resources("IncludeResource", "font", 1,
|
|
|
5056 &prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_ROMAN]);
|
|
|
5057 prt_def_font("F0", (char *)p_encoding, (int)prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5058 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_ROMAN]);
|
|
|
5059 prt_dsc_resources("IncludeResource", "font", 1,
|
|
|
5060 &prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_BOLD]);
|
|
|
5061 prt_def_font("F1", (char *)p_encoding, (int)prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5062 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_BOLD]);
|
|
|
5063 prt_dsc_resources("IncludeResource", "font", 1,
|
|
|
5064 &prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_OBLIQUE]);
|
|
|
5065 prt_def_font("F2", (char *)p_encoding, (int)prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5066 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_OBLIQUE]);
|
|
|
5067 prt_dsc_resources("IncludeResource", "font", 1,
|
|
|
5068 &prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_BOLDOBLIQUE]);
|
|
|
5069 prt_def_font("F3", (char *)p_encoding, (int)prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5070 prt_ps_font.ps_fontname[PRT_PS_FONT_BOLDOBLIQUE]);
|
|
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 /* Misc constant vars used for underlining and background rects */
|
|
|
5073 prt_def_var("UO", PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5074 prt_ps_font.uline_offset), 2);
|
|
|
5075 prt_def_var("UW", PRT_PS_FONT_TO_USER(prt_line_height,
|
|
|
5076 prt_ps_font.uline_width), 2);
|
|
|
5077 prt_def_var("BO", prt_bgcol_offset, 2);
|
|
|
5078
|
|
|
5079 prt_dsc_noarg("EndSetup");
|
|
|
5080
|
|
|
5081 /* Fail if any problems writing out to the PS file */
|
|
|
5082 return !prt_file_error;
|
|
|
5083 }
|
|
|
5084
|
|
|
5085 void
|
|
|
5086 mch_print_end(psettings)
|
|
|
5087 prt_settings_T *psettings;
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
|
5089 prt_dsc_noarg("Trailer");
|
|
|
5090
|
|
|
5091 /*
|
|
|
5092 * Output any info we don't know in toto until we finish
|
|
|
5093 */
|
|
|
5094 prt_dsc_ints("Pages", 1, &prt_page_num);
|
|
|
5095
|
|
|
5096 prt_dsc_noarg("EOF");
|
|
|
5097
|
|
|
5098 if (!prt_file_error && psettings->outfile == NULL
|
|
|
5099 && !got_int && !psettings->user_abort)
|
|
|
5100 {
|
|
|
5101 /* Close the file first. */
|
|
|
5102 if (prt_ps_fd != NULL)
|
|
|
5103 {
|
|
|
5104 fclose(prt_ps_fd);
|
|
|
5105 prt_ps_fd = NULL;
|
|
|
5106 }
|
|
|
5107 prt_message((char_u *)_("Sending to printer..."));
|
|
|
5108
|
|
|
5109 /* Not printing to a file: use 'printexpr' to print the file. */
|
|
|
5110 if (eval_printexpr(prt_ps_file_name, psettings->arguments) == FAIL)
|
|
|
5111 EMSG(_("E365: Failed to print PostScript file"));
|
|
|
5112 else
|
|
|
5113 prt_message((char_u *)_("Print job sent."));
|
|
|
5114 }
|
|
|
5115
|
|
|
5116 mch_print_cleanup();
|
|
|
5117 }
|
|
|
5118
|
|
|
5119 int
|
|
|
5120 mch_print_end_page()
|
|
|
5121 {
|
|
|
5122 prt_flush_buffer();
|
|
|
5123
|
|
|
5124 prt_write_string("re sp\n");
|
|
|
5125
|
|
|
5126 prt_dsc_noarg("PageTrailer");
|
|
|
5127
|
|
|
5128 return !prt_file_error;
|
|
|
5129 }
|
|
|
5130
|
|
|
5131 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5132 int
|
|
|
5133 mch_print_begin_page(str)
|
|
|
5134 char_u *str;
|
|
|
5135 {
|
|
|
5136 int page_num[2];
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 prt_page_num++;
|
|
|
5139
|
|
|
5140 page_num[0] = page_num[1] = prt_page_num;
|
|
|
5141 prt_dsc_ints("Page", 2, page_num);
|
|
|
5142
|
|
|
5143 prt_dsc_noarg("BeginPageSetup");
|
|
|
5144
|
|
|
5145 prt_write_string("sv\n0 g\nF0 sf\n");
|
|
|
5146 prt_fgcol = PRCOLOR_BLACK;
|
|
|
5147 prt_bgcol = PRCOLOR_WHITE;
|
|
|
5148 prt_font = PRT_PS_FONT_ROMAN;
|
|
|
5149
|
|
|
5150 /* Set up page transformation for landscape printing. */
|
|
|
5151 if (!prt_portrait)
|
|
|
5152 {
|
|
|
5153 prt_write_int(-((int)prt_mediasize[prt_media].width));
|
|
|
5154 prt_write_string("sl\n");
|
|
|
5155 }
|
|
|
5156
|
|
|
5157 prt_dsc_noarg("EndPageSetup");
|
|
|
5158
|
|
|
5159 /* We have reset the font attributes, force setting them again. */
|
|
|
5160 curr_bg = (long_u)0xffffffff;
|
|
|
5161 curr_fg = (long_u)0xffffffff;
|
|
|
5162 curr_bold = MAYBE;
|
|
|
5163
|
|
|
5164 return !prt_file_error;
|
|
|
5165 }
|
|
|
5166
|
|
|
5167 int
|
|
|
5168 mch_print_blank_page()
|
|
|
5169 {
|
|
|
5170 return (mch_print_begin_page(NULL) ? (mch_print_end_page()) : FALSE);
|
|
|
5171 }
|
|
|
5172
|
|
|
5173 static float prt_pos_x = 0;
|
|
|
5174 static float prt_pos_y = 0;
|
|
|
5175
|
|
|
5176 void
|
|
|
5177 mch_print_start_line(margin, page_line)
|
|
|
5178 int margin;
|
|
|
5179 int page_line;
|
|
|
5180 {
|
|
|
5181 prt_pos_x = prt_left_margin;
|
|
|
5182 if (margin)
|
|
|
5183 prt_pos_x -= prt_number_width;
|
|
|
5184
|
|
|
5185 prt_pos_y = prt_top_margin - prt_first_line_height -
|
|
|
5186 page_line * prt_line_height;
|
|
|
5187
|
|
|
5188 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5189 prt_need_moveto = TRUE;
|
|
|
5190 }
|
|
|
5191
|
|
|
5192 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5193 int
|
|
|
5194 mch_print_text_out(p, len)
|
|
|
5195 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5196 int len;
|
|
|
5197 {
|
|
|
5198 int need_break;
|
|
|
5199 char_u ch;
|
|
|
5200 char_u ch_buff[8];
|
|
|
5201
|
|
|
5202 /* Output any required changes to the graphics state, after flushing any
|
|
|
5203 * text buffered so far.
|
|
|
5204 */
|
|
|
5205 if (prt_attribute_change)
|
|
|
5206 {
|
|
|
5207 prt_flush_buffer();
|
|
|
5208 /* Reset count of number of chars that will be printed */
|
|
|
5209 prt_text_count = 0;
|
|
|
5210
|
|
|
5211 if (prt_need_moveto)
|
|
|
5212 {
|
|
|
5213 prt_pos_x_moveto = prt_pos_x;
|
|
|
5214 prt_pos_y_moveto = prt_pos_y;
|
|
|
5215 prt_do_moveto = TRUE;
|
|
|
5216
|
|
|
5217 prt_need_moveto = FALSE;
|
|
|
5218 }
|
|
|
5219 if (prt_need_font)
|
|
|
5220 {
|
|
|
5221 prt_write_string("F");
|
|
|
5222 prt_write_int(prt_font);
|
|
|
5223 prt_write_string("sf\n");
|
|
|
5224 prt_need_font = FALSE;
|
|
|
5225 }
|
|
|
5226 if (prt_need_fgcol)
|
|
|
5227 {
|
|
|
5228 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
5229 r = ((unsigned)prt_fgcol & 0xff0000) >> 16;
|
|
|
5230 g = ((unsigned)prt_fgcol & 0xff00) >> 8;
|
|
|
5231 b = prt_fgcol & 0xff;
|
|
|
5232
|
|
|
5233 prt_write_real(r / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
5234 if (r == g && g == b)
|
|
|
5235 {
|
|
|
5236 prt_write_string("g\n");
|
|
|
5237 }
|
|
|
5238 else
|
|
|
5239 {
|
|
|
5240 prt_write_real(g / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
5241 prt_write_real(b / 255.0, 3);
|
|
|
5242 prt_write_string("r\n");
|
|
|
5243 }
|
|
|
5244 prt_need_fgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
5245 }
|
|
|
5246
|
|
|
5247 if (prt_bgcol != PRCOLOR_WHITE)
|
|
|
5248 {
|
|
|
5249 prt_new_bgcol = prt_bgcol;
|
|
|
5250 if (prt_need_bgcol)
|
|
|
5251 prt_do_bgcol = TRUE;
|
|
|
5252 }
|
|
|
5253 else
|
|
|
5254 prt_do_bgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
5255 prt_need_bgcol = FALSE;
|
|
|
5256
|
|
|
5257 if (prt_need_underline)
|
|
|
5258 prt_do_underline = prt_underline;
|
|
|
5259 prt_need_underline = FALSE;
|
|
|
5260
|
|
|
5261 prt_attribute_change = FALSE;
|
|
|
5262 }
|
|
|
5263
|
|
|
5264 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5265 if (prt_do_conv)
|
|
|
5266 {
|
|
|
5267 /* Convert from multi-byte to 8-bit encoding */
|
|
|
5268 p = string_convert(&prt_conv, p, &len);
|
|
|
5269 if (p == NULL)
|
|
|
5270 p = (char_u *)"";
|
|
|
5271 }
|
|
|
5272 #endif
|
|
|
5273 /* Add next character to buffer of characters to output.
|
|
|
5274 * Note: One printed character may require several PS characters to
|
|
|
5275 * represent it, but we only count them as one printed character.
|
|
|
5276 */
|
|
|
5277 ch = *p;
|
|
|
5278 if (ch < 32 || ch == '(' || ch == ')' || ch == '\\')
|
|
|
5279 {
|
|
|
5280 /* Convert non-printing characters to either their escape or octal
|
|
|
5281 * sequence, ensures PS sent over a serial line does not interfere with
|
|
|
5282 * the comms protocol.
|
|
|
5283 * Note: For EBCDIC we need to write out the escape sequences as ASCII
|
|
|
5284 * codes!
|
|
|
5285 * Note 2: Char codes < 32 are identical in EBCDIC and ASCII AFAIK!
|
|
|
5286 */
|
|
|
5287 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('\\', 0134));
|
|
|
5288 switch (ch)
|
|
|
5289 {
|
|
|
5290 case BS: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('b', 0142)); break;
|
|
|
5291 case TAB: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('t', 0164)); break;
|
|
|
5292 case NL: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('n', 0156)); break;
|
|
|
5293 case FF: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('f', 0146)); break;
|
|
|
5294 case CAR: ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('r', 0162)); break;
|
|
|
5295 case '(': ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('(', 0050)); break;
|
|
|
5296 case ')': ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB(')', 0051)); break;
|
|
|
5297 case '\\': ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, IF_EB('\\', 0134)); break;
|
|
|
5298
|
|
|
5299 default:
|
|
|
5300 sprintf((char *)ch_buff, "%03o", (unsigned int)ch);
|
|
|
5301 #ifdef EBCDIC
|
|
|
5302 ebcdic2ascii(ch_buff, 3);
|
|
|
5303 #endif
|
|
|
5304 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, ch_buff[0]);
|
|
|
5305 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, ch_buff[1]);
|
|
|
5306 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, ch_buff[2]);
|
|
|
5307 break;
|
|
|
5308 }
|
|
|
5309 }
|
|
|
5310 else
|
|
|
5311 ga_append(&prt_ps_buffer, ch);
|
|
|
5312
|
|
|
5313 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
5314 /* Need to free any translated characters */
|
|
|
5315 if (prt_do_conv && (*p != NUL))
|
|
|
5316 vim_free(p);
|
|
|
5317 #endif
|
|
|
5318
|
|
|
5319 prt_text_count++;
|
|
|
5320 prt_pos_x += prt_char_width;
|
|
|
5321
|
|
|
5322 /* The downside of fp - need a little tolerance in the right margin check */
|
|
|
5323 need_break = (prt_pos_x + prt_char_width > (prt_right_margin + 0.01));
|
|
|
5324
|
|
|
5325 if (need_break)
|
|
|
5326 prt_flush_buffer();
|
|
|
5327
|
|
|
5328 return need_break;
|
|
|
5329 }
|
|
|
5330
|
|
|
5331 void
|
|
|
5332 mch_print_set_font(iBold, iItalic, iUnderline)
|
|
|
5333 int iBold;
|
|
|
5334 int iItalic;
|
|
|
5335 int iUnderline;
|
|
|
5336 {
|
|
|
5337 int font = 0;
|
|
|
5338
|
|
|
5339 if (iBold)
|
|
|
5340 font |= 0x01;
|
|
|
5341 if (iItalic)
|
|
|
5342 font |= 0x02;
|
|
|
5343
|
|
|
5344 if (font != prt_font)
|
|
|
5345 {
|
|
|
5346 prt_font = font;
|
|
|
5347 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5348 prt_need_font = TRUE;
|
|
|
5349 }
|
|
|
5350 if (prt_underline != iUnderline)
|
|
|
5351 {
|
|
|
5352 prt_underline = iUnderline;
|
|
|
5353 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5354 prt_need_underline = TRUE;
|
|
|
5355 }
|
|
|
5356 }
|
|
|
5357
|
|
|
5358 void
|
|
|
5359 mch_print_set_bg(bgcol)
|
|
|
5360 long_u bgcol;
|
|
|
5361 {
|
|
|
5362 prt_bgcol = bgcol;
|
|
|
5363 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5364 prt_need_bgcol = TRUE;
|
|
|
5365 }
|
|
|
5366
|
|
|
5367 void
|
|
|
5368 mch_print_set_fg(fgcol)
|
|
|
5369 long_u fgcol;
|
|
|
5370 {
|
|
|
5371 if (fgcol != (long_u)prt_fgcol)
|
|
|
5372 {
|
|
|
5373 prt_fgcol = fgcol;
|
|
|
5374 prt_attribute_change = TRUE;
|
|
|
5375 prt_need_fgcol = TRUE;
|
|
|
5376 }
|
|
|
5377 }
|
|
|
5378
|
|
|
5379 # endif /*FEAT_POSTSCRIPT*/
|
|
|
5380 #endif /*FEAT_PRINTER*/
|
|
|
5381
|
|
|
5382 #if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) \
|
|
|
5383 && (defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG))
|
|
|
5384 static char *get_locale_val __ARGS((int what));
|
|
|
5385
|
|
|
5386 static char *
|
|
|
5387 get_locale_val(what)
|
|
|
5388 int what;
|
|
|
5389 {
|
|
|
5390 char *loc;
|
|
|
5391
|
|
|
5392 /* Obtain the locale value from the libraries. For DJGPP this is
|
|
|
5393 * redefined and it doesn't use the arguments. */
|
|
|
5394 loc = setlocale(what, NULL);
|
|
|
5395
|
|
|
5396 # if defined(__BORLANDC__)
|
|
|
5397 if (loc != NULL)
|
|
|
5398 {
|
|
|
5399 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5400
|
|
|
5401 /* Borland returns something like "LC_CTYPE=<name>\n"
|
|
|
5402 * Let's try to fix that bug here... */
|
|
|
5403 p = vim_strchr(loc, '=');
|
|
|
5404 if (p != NULL)
|
|
|
5405 {
|
|
|
5406 loc = ++p;
|
|
|
5407 while (*p != NUL) /* remove trailing newline */
|
|
|
5408 {
|
|
|
5409 if (*p < ' ')
|
|
|
5410 {
|
|
|
5411 *p = NUL;
|
|
|
5412 break;
|
|
|
5413 }
|
|
|
5414 ++p;
|
|
|
5415 }
|
|
|
5416 }
|
|
|
5417 }
|
|
|
5418 # endif
|
|
|
5419
|
|
|
5420 return loc;
|
|
|
5421 }
|
|
|
5422 #endif
|
|
|
5423
|
|
|
5424
|
|
|
5425 #ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
5426 /*
|
|
|
5427 * On MS-Windows locale names are strings like "German_Germany.1252", but
|
|
|
5428 * gettext expects "de". Try to translate one into another here for a few
|
|
|
5429 * supported languages.
|
|
|
5430 */
|
|
|
5431 static char_u *
|
|
|
5432 gettext_lang(char_u *name)
|
|
|
5433 {
|
|
|
5434 int i;
|
|
|
5435 static char *(mtable[]) = {
|
|
|
5436 "afrikaans", "af",
|
|
|
5437 "czech", "cs",
|
|
|
5438 "dutch", "nl",
|
|
|
5439 "german", "de",
|
|
|
5440 "english_united kingdom", "en_GB",
|
|
|
5441 "spanish", "es",
|
|
|
5442 "french", "fr",
|
|
|
5443 "italian", "it",
|
|
|
5444 "japanese", "ja",
|
|
|
5445 "korean", "ko",
|
|
|
5446 "norwegian", "no",
|
|
|
5447 "polish", "pl",
|
|
|
5448 "russian", "ru",
|
|
|
5449 "slovak", "sk",
|
|
|
5450 "swedish", "sv",
|
|
|
5451 "ukrainian", "uk",
|
|
|
5452 "chinese_china", "zh_CN",
|
|
|
5453 "chinese_taiwan", "zh_TW",
|
|
|
5454 NULL};
|
|
|
5455
|
|
|
5456 for (i = 0; mtable[i] != NULL; i += 2)
|
|
|
5457 if (STRNICMP(mtable[i], name, STRLEN(mtable[i])) == 0)
|
|
|
5458 return mtable[i + 1];
|
|
|
5459 return name;
|
|
|
5460 }
|
|
|
5461 #endif
|
|
|
5462
|
|
|
5463 #if defined(FEAT_MULTI_LANG) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5464 /*
|
|
|
5465 * Obtain the current messages language. Used to set the default for
|
|
|
5466 * 'helplang'. May return NULL or an empty string.
|
|
|
5467 */
|
|
|
5468 char_u *
|
|
|
5469 get_mess_lang()
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5472
|
|
|
5473 # if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE))
|
|
|
5474 # if defined(LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5475 p = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_MESSAGES);
|
|
|
5476 # else
|
|
|
5477 /* This is necessary for Win32, where LC_MESSAGES is not defined and $LANG
|
|
|
5478 * may be set to the LCID number. */
|
|
|
5479 p = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_ALL);
|
|
|
5480 # endif
|
|
|
5481 # else
|
|
|
5482 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LC_ALL");
|
|
|
5483 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5484 {
|
|
|
5485 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LC_MESSAGES");
|
|
|
5486 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5487 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LANG");
|
|
|
5488 }
|
|
|
5489 # endif
|
|
|
5490 # ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
5491 p = gettext_lang(p);
|
|
|
5492 # endif
|
|
|
5493 return p;
|
|
|
5494 }
|
|
|
5495 #endif
|
|
|
5496
|
|
|
5497 #if !defined(LC_MESSAGES) \
|
|
|
5498 && (((defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) \
|
|
|
5499 && (defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE))) \
|
|
|
5500 || defined(FEAT_EVAL))
|
|
|
5501 static char_u *get_mess_env __ARGS((void));
|
|
|
5502
|
|
|
5503 /*
|
|
|
5504 * Get the language used for messages from the environment.
|
|
|
5505 */
|
|
|
5506 static char_u *
|
|
|
5507 get_mess_env()
|
|
|
5508 {
|
|
|
5509 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5510
|
|
|
5511 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LC_ALL");
|
|
|
5512 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5513 {
|
|
|
5514 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LC_MESSAGES");
|
|
|
5515 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5516 {
|
|
|
5517 p = mch_getenv((char_u *)"LANG");
|
|
|
5518 if (p != NULL && VIM_ISDIGIT(*p))
|
|
|
5519 p = NULL; /* ignore something like "1043" */
|
|
|
5520 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
|
5521 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5522 p = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_CTYPE);
|
|
|
5523 # endif
|
|
|
5524 }
|
|
|
5525 }
|
|
|
5526 return p;
|
|
|
5527 }
|
|
|
5528 #endif
|
|
|
5529
|
|
|
5530 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5531
|
|
|
5532 /*
|
|
|
5533 * Set the "v:lang" variable according to the current locale setting.
|
|
|
5534 * Also do "v:lc_time"and "v:ctype".
|
|
|
5535 */
|
|
|
5536 void
|
|
|
5537 set_lang_var()
|
|
|
5538 {
|
|
|
5539 char_u *loc;
|
|
|
5540
|
|
|
5541 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
|
5542 loc = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_CTYPE);
|
|
|
5543 # else
|
|
|
5544 /* setlocale() not supported: use the default value */
|
|
|
5545 loc = (char_u *)"C";
|
|
|
5546 # endif
|
|
|
5547 set_vim_var_string(VV_CTYPE, loc, -1);
|
|
|
5548
|
|
|
5549 /* When LC_MESSAGES isn't defined use the value from $LC_MESSAGES, fall
|
|
|
5550 * back to LC_CTYPE if it's empty. */
|
|
|
5551 # if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) && defined(LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5552 loc = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_MESSAGES);
|
|
|
5553 # else
|
|
|
5554 loc = get_mess_env();
|
|
|
5555 # endif
|
|
|
5556 set_vim_var_string(VV_LANG, loc, -1);
|
|
|
5557
|
|
|
5558 # if defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)
|
|
|
5559 loc = (char_u *)get_locale_val(LC_TIME);
|
|
|
5560 # endif
|
|
|
5561 set_vim_var_string(VV_LC_TIME, loc, -1);
|
|
|
5562 }
|
|
|
5563 #endif
|
|
|
5564
|
|
|
5565 #if (defined(HAVE_LOCALE_H) || defined(X_LOCALE)) \
|
|
|
5566 && (defined(FEAT_GETTEXT) || defined(FEAT_MBYTE))
|
|
|
5567 /*
|
|
|
5568 * ":language": Set the language (locale).
|
|
|
5569 */
|
|
|
5570 void
|
|
|
5571 ex_language(eap)
|
|
|
5572 exarg_T *eap;
|
|
|
5573 {
|
|
|
5574 char *loc;
|
|
|
5575 char_u *p;
|
|
|
5576 char_u *name;
|
|
|
5577 int what = LC_ALL;
|
|
|
5578 char *whatstr = "";
|
|
|
5579 #ifdef LC_MESSAGES
|
|
|
5580 # define VIM_LC_MESSAGES LC_MESSAGES
|
|
|
5581 #else
|
|
|
5582 # define VIM_LC_MESSAGES 6789
|
|
|
5583 #endif
|
|
|
5584
|
|
|
5585 name = eap->arg;
|
|
|
5586
|
|
|
5587 /* Check for "messages {name}", "ctype {name}" or "time {name}" argument.
|
|
|
5588 * Allow abbreviation, but require at least 3 characters to avoid
|
|
|
5589 * confusion with a two letter language name "me" or "ct". */
|
|
|
5590 p = skiptowhite(eap->arg);
|
|
|
5591 if ((*p == NUL || vim_iswhite(*p)) && p - eap->arg >= 3)
|
|
|
5592 {
|
|
|
5593 if (STRNICMP(eap->arg, "messages", p - eap->arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5594 {
|
|
|
5595 what = VIM_LC_MESSAGES;
|
|
|
5596 name = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5597 whatstr = "messages ";
|
|
|
5598 }
|
|
|
5599 else if (STRNICMP(eap->arg, "ctype", p - eap->arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5600 {
|
|
|
5601 what = LC_CTYPE;
|
|
|
5602 name = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5603 whatstr = "ctype ";
|
|
|
5604 }
|
|
|
5605 else if (STRNICMP(eap->arg, "time", p - eap->arg) == 0)
|
|
|
5606 {
|
|
|
5607 what = LC_TIME;
|
|
|
5608 name = skipwhite(p);
|
|
|
5609 whatstr = "time ";
|
|
|
5610 }
|
|
|
5611 }
|
|
|
5612
|
|
|
5613 if (*name == NUL)
|
|
|
5614 {
|
|
|
5615 #ifndef LC_MESSAGES
|
|
|
5616 if (what == VIM_LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5617 p = get_mess_env();
|
|
|
5618 else
|
|
|
5619 #endif
|
|
|
5620 p = (char_u *)setlocale(what, NULL);
|
|
|
5621 if (p == NULL || *p == NUL)
|
|
|
5622 p = (char_u *)"Unknown";
|
|
|
5623 smsg((char_u *)_("Current %slanguage: \"%s\""), whatstr, p);
|
|
|
5624 }
|
|
|
5625 else
|
|
|
5626 {
|
|
|
5627 #ifndef LC_MESSAGES
|
|
|
5628 if (what == VIM_LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5629 loc = "";
|
|
|
5630 else
|
|
|
5631 #endif
|
|
|
5632 loc = setlocale(what, (char *)name);
|
|
|
5633 if (loc == NULL)
|
|
|
5634 EMSG2(_("E197: Cannot set language to \"%s\""), name);
|
|
|
5635 else
|
|
|
5636 {
|
|
|
5637 #ifdef HAVE_NL_MSG_CAT_CNTR
|
|
|
5638 /* Need to do this for GNU gettext, otherwise cached translations
|
|
|
5639 * will be used again. */
|
|
|
5640 extern int _nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
|
|
5641
|
|
|
5642 ++_nl_msg_cat_cntr;
|
|
|
5643 #endif
|
|
|
5644 /* Reset $LC_ALL, otherwise it would overrule everyting. */
|
|
|
5645 vim_setenv((char_u *)"LC_ALL", (char_u *)"");
|
|
|
5646
|
|
|
5647 if (what != LC_TIME)
|
|
|
5648 {
|
|
|
5649 /* Tell gettext() what to translate to. It apparently doesn't
|
|
|
5650 * use the currently effective locale. Also do this when
|
|
|
5651 * FEAT_GETTEXT isn't defined, so that shell commands use this
|
|
|
5652 * value. */
|
|
|
5653 if (what == LC_ALL)
|
|
|
5654 vim_setenv((char_u *)"LANG", name);
|
|
|
5655 if (what != LC_CTYPE)
|
|
|
5656 {
|
|
|
5657 char_u *mname;
|
|
|
5658 #ifdef WIN32
|
|
|
5659 mname = gettext_lang(name);
|
|
|
5660 #else
|
|
|
5661 mname = name;
|
|
|
5662 #endif
|
|
|
5663 vim_setenv((char_u *)"LC_MESSAGES", mname);
|
|
|
5664 #ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
|
|
|
5665 set_helplang_default(mname);
|
|
|
5666 #endif
|
|
|
5667 }
|
|
|
5668
|
|
|
5669 /* Set $LC_CTYPE, because it overrules $LANG, and
|
|
|
5670 * gtk_set_locale() calls setlocale() again. gnome_init()
|
|
|
5671 * sets $LC_CTYPE to "en_US" (that's a bug!). */
|
|
|
5672 if (what != VIM_LC_MESSAGES)
|
|
|
5673 vim_setenv((char_u *)"LC_CTYPE", name);
|
|
|
5674 # ifdef FEAT_GUI_GTK
|
|
|
5675 /* Let GTK know what locale we're using. Not sure this is
|
|
|
5676 * really needed... */
|
|
|
5677 if (gui.in_use)
|
|
|
5678 (void)gtk_set_locale();
|
|
|
5679 # endif
|
|
|
5680 }
|
|
|
5681
|
|
|
5682 # ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
|
5683 /* Set v:lang, v:lc_time and v:ctype to the final result. */
|
|
|
5684 set_lang_var();
|
|
|
5685 # endif
|
|
|
5686 }
|
|
|
5687 }
|
|
|
5688 }
|
|
|
5689
|
|
|
5690 # if defined(FEAT_CMDL_COMPL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
5691 /*
|
|
|
5692 * Function given to ExpandGeneric() to obtain the possible arguments of the
|
|
|
5693 * ":language" command.
|
|
|
5694 */
|
|
|
5695 /*ARGSUSED*/
|
|
|
5696 char_u *
|
|
|
5697 get_lang_arg(xp, idx)
|
|
|
5698 expand_T *xp;
|
|
|
5699 int idx;
|
|
|
5700 {
|
|
|
5701 if (idx == 0)
|
|
|
5702 return (char_u *)"messages";
|
|
|
5703 if (idx == 1)
|
|
|
5704 return (char_u *)"ctype";
|
|
|
5705 if (idx == 2)
|
|
|
5706 return (char_u *)"time";
|
|
|
5707 return NULL;
|
|
|
5708 }
|
|
|
5709 # endif
|
|
|
5710
|
|
|
5711 #endif
|
